bump version to 1.0.5-1

Signed-off-by: Thomas Lamprecht <t.lamprecht@proxmox.com>

Cargo.toml

@@ -1,7 +1,16 @@
 [package]
 name = "proxmox-backup"
-version = "0.8.17"
-authors = ["Dietmar Maurer <dietmar@proxmox.com>"]
+version = "1.0.5"
+authors = [
+    "Dietmar Maurer <dietmar@proxmox.com>",
+    "Dominik Csapak <d.csapak@proxmox.com>",
+    "Christian Ebner <c.ebner@proxmox.com>",
+    "Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>",
+    "Stefan Reiter <s.reiter@proxmox.com>",
+    "Thomas Lamprecht <t.lamprecht@proxmox.com>",
+    "Wolfgang Bumiller <w.bumiller@proxmox.com>",
+    "Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>",
+]
 edition = "2018"
 license = "AGPL-3"
 description = "Proxmox Backup"
@@ -29,7 +38,7 @@ hyper = "0.13.6"
 lazy_static = "1.4"
 libc = "0.2"
 log = "0.4"
-nix = "0.16"
+nix = "0.19"
 num-traits = "0.2"
 once_cell = "1.3.1"
 openssl = "0.10"
@@ -37,9 +46,10 @@ pam = "0.7"
 pam-sys = "0.5"
 percent-encoding = "2.1"
 pin-utils = "0.1.0"
+pin-project = "0.4"
 pathpatterns = "0.1.2"
-proxmox = { version = "0.4.1", features = [ "sortable-macro", "api-macro", "websocket" ] }
-#proxmox = { git = "ssh://gitolite3@proxdev.maurer-it.com/rust/proxmox", version = "0.1.2", features = [ "sortable-macro", "api-macro" ] }
+proxmox = { version = "0.7.2", features = [ "sortable-macro", "api-macro", "websocket" ] }
+#proxmox = { git = "git://git.proxmox.com/git/proxmox", version = "0.1.2", features = [ "sortable-macro", "api-macro" ] }
 #proxmox = { path = "../proxmox/proxmox", features = [ "sortable-macro", "api-macro", "websocket" ] }
 proxmox-fuse = "0.1.0"
 pxar = { version = "0.6.1", features = [ "tokio-io", "futures-io" ] }
@@ -61,6 +71,7 @@ walkdir = "2"
 xdg = "2.2"
 zstd = { version = "0.4", features = [ "bindgen" ] }
 nom = "5.1"
+crossbeam-channel = "0.4"
 
 [features]
 default = []

Makefile

@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ USR_SBIN := \
 SERVICE_BIN := \
 	proxmox-backup-api \
 	proxmox-backup-banner \
-	proxmox-backup-proxy
+	proxmox-backup-proxy \
+	proxmox-daily-update \
 
 ifeq ($(BUILD_MODE), release)
 CARGO_BUILD_ARGS += --release

README.rst

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Versioning of proxmox helper crates
 
 To use current git master code of the proxmox* helper crates, add::
 
-   git = "ssh://gitolite3@proxdev.maurer-it.com/rust/proxmox"
+   git = "git://git.proxmox.com/git/proxmox"
 
 or::
 
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ or::
 to the proxmox dependency, and update the version to reflect the current,
 pre-release version number (e.g., "0.1.1-dev.1" instead of "0.1.0").
 
+
 Local cargo config
 ==================
 
@@ -35,3 +36,20 @@ checksums are not compatible.
 To reference new dependencies (or updated versions) that are not yet packaged,
 the dependency needs to point directly to a path or git source (e.g., see
 example for proxmox crate above).
+
+
+Build
+=====
+on Debian Buster
+
+Setup:
+  1. # echo 'deb http://download.proxmox.com/debian/devel/ buster main' >> /etc/apt/sources.list.d/proxmox-devel.list
+  2. # sudo wget http://download.proxmox.com/debian/proxmox-ve-release-6.x.gpg -O /etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/proxmox-ve-release-6.x.gpg
+  3. # sudo apt update
+  4. # sudo apt install devscripts debcargo clang
+  5. # git clone git://git.proxmox.com/git/proxmox-backup.git
+  6. # sudo mk-build-deps -ir
+
+Note: 2. may be skipped if you already added the PVE or PBS package repository
+
+You are now able to build using the Makefile or cargo itself.

debian/changelog

@@ -1,3 +1,435 @@
+rust-proxmox-backup (1.0.5-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * client: restore: print meta information exclusively to standard error
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 25 Nov 2020 15:29:58 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (1.0.4-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * fingerprint: add bytes() accessor
+
+  * ui: fix broken gettext use
+
+  * cli: move more commands into "snapshot" sub-command
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 25 Nov 2020 06:37:41 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (1.0.3-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * client: inform user when automatically using the default encryption key
+
+  * ui: UserView: render name as 'Firstname Lastname'
+
+  * proxmox-backup-manager: add versions command
+
+  * pxar: fix anchored exclusion at archive root
+
+  * pxar: include .pxarexclude files in the archive
+
+  * client: expose all-file-systems option
+
+  * api: make expensive parts of datastore status opt-in
+
+  * api: include datastore ID in invalid owner errors
+
+  * garbage collection: treat .bad files like regular chunks to ensure they
+    are removed if not referenced anymore
+
+  * client: fix issues with encoded UPID strings
+
+  * encryption: add fingerprint to key config
+
+  * client: add 'key show' command
+
+  * fix #3139: add key fingerprint to backup snapshot manifest and check it
+    when loading with a key
+
+  * ui: add snapshot/file fingerprint tooltip
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 24 Nov 2020 08:55:47 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (1.0.1-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * ui: datastore summary: drop 'removed bytes' display
+
+  * ui: datastore add: set default schedule
+
+  * prune sim: make backup schedule a form, bind update button to its validity
+
+  * daemon: add workaround for race in reloading and systemd 'ready' notification
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 11 Nov 2020 10:18:12 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (1.0.0-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * fix #3121: forbid removing used remotes
+
+  * docs: backup-client: encryption: discuss paperkey command
+
+  * pxar: log when skipping mount points
+
+  * ui: show also parent ACLs which affect a datastore in its panel
+
+  * api: node/apt: add versions call
+
+  * ui: make Datastore a selectable panel again. Show a datastore summary
+    list, and provide unfiltered access to all sync and verify jobs.
+
+  * ui: add help tool-button to various paneös
+
+  * ui: set various onlineHelp buttons
+
+  * zfs: mount new zpools created via API under /mnt/datastore/<id>
+
+  * ui: move disks/directory views to its own tab panel
+
+  * fix #3060: continue sync if we cannot aquire the group lock
+
+  * HttpsConnector: include destination on connect errors
+
+  * fix #3060:: improve get_owner error handling
+
+  * remote.cfg: rename userid to 'auth-id'
+
+  * verify: log/warn on invalid owner
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 10 Nov 2020 14:36:13 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.7-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * ui: add remote store selector
+
+  * tools/daemon: fix reload with open connections
+
+  * pxar/create: fix endless loop for shrinking files
+
+  * pxar/create: handle ErrorKind::Interrupted for file reads
+
+  * ui: add action-button for changing backup group owner
+
+  * docs: add interactive prune simulator
+
+  * verify: fix unprivileged verification jobs
+
+  * tasks: allow access to job tasks
+
+  * drop internal 'backup@pam' owner, sync jobs need to set a explicit owner
+
+  * api: datastore: allow to set "verify-new" option over API
+
+  * ui: datastore: add Options tab, allowing one to change per-datastore
+    notification and verify-new options
+
+  * docs: scroll navigation bar to current active section
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Mon, 09 Nov 2020 07:36:58 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.6-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * fix #3106: improve queueing new incoming connections
+
+  * fix #2870: sync: ensure a updated ticket is used, if available
+
+  * proxy: log if there are too many open connections
+
+  * ui: SyncJobEdit: fix sending 'delete' values on SyncJob creation
+
+  * datastore config: allow to configure who receives job notify emails
+
+  * ui: fix task description for log rotate
+
+  * proxy: also rotate auth.log file
+
+  * ui: add shell panel under administration
+
+  * ui: sync jobs: only set default schedule when creating new jobs and some
+    other small fixes
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 04 Nov 2020 19:12:57 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.5-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * ui: user menu: allow one to change the language while staying logged in
+
+  * proxmox-backup-manager: add subscription commands
+
+  * server/rest: also accept = as token separator
+
+  * privs: allow reading snapshot notes with Datastore.Audit
+
+  * privs: enforce Datastore.Modify|Backup to set backup notes
+
+  * verify: introduce and use new Datastore.Verify privilege
+
+  * docs: add API tokens to documentation
+
+  * ui: various smaller layout and icon improvements
+
+  * api: implement apt pkg cache for caching pending updates
+
+  * api: apt: implement support to send notification email on new updates
+
+  * add daily update and maintenance task
+
+  * fix #2864: add owner option to sync
+
+  * sync: allow sync for non-superusers under special conditions
+
+  * config: support depreacated netmask when parsing interfaces file
+
+  * server: implement access log rotation with re-open via command socket
+
+  * garbage collect: improve index error messages
+
+  * fix #3039: use the same ID regex for info and api
+
+  * ui: administration: allow extensive filtering of the worker task
+
+  * report: add api endpoint and function to generate report
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 03 Nov 2020 17:41:17 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.4-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * make postinst (update) script more resilient
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 29 Oct 2020 20:09:30 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.4-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * implement API-token
+
+  * client/remote: allow using API-token + secret
+
+  * ui/cli: implement API-token management interface and commands
+
+  * ui: add widget to view the effective permissions of a user or token
+
+  * ui: datastore summary: handle error when havin zero snapshot of any type
+
+  * ui: move user, token and permissions into an access control tab panel
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 29 Oct 2020 17:19:13 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.3-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * fix #2998: encode mtime as i64 instead of u64
+
+  * GC: log the number of leftover bad chunks we could not yet cleanup, as no
+    valid one replaced them. Also log deduplication factor.
+
+  * send sync job status emails
+
+  * api: datstore status: introduce proper structs and restore compatibility
+    to 0.9.1
+
+  * ui: drop id field from verify/sync add window, they are now seen as internal
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 29 Oct 2020 14:58:13 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.2-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * rework server web-interface, move more datastore related panels as tabs
+    inside the datastore view
+
+  * prune: never fail, just warn about failed removals
+
+  * prune/forget: skip snapshots with open readers (restore, verification)
+
+  * datastore: always ensure to remove individual snapshots before their group
+
+  * pxar: fix relative '!' rules in .pxarexclude
+
+  * pxar: anchor pxarexcludes starting with a slash
+
+  * GC: mark phase: ignore vanished index files
+
+  * server/rest: forward real client IP on proxied request and log it in
+    failed authentication requests
+
+  * server: rest: implement max URI path and query length request limits
+
+  * server/rest: implement request access log and log the query part of
+    URL and the user agent
+
+  * api: access: log to separate file, use syslog to errors only to reduce
+    syslog spam
+
+  * client: set HTTP connect timeout to 10 seconds
+
+  * client: sent TCP keep-alive after 2 minutes instead of the Linux default
+    of two hours.
+
+  * CLI completion: fix ACL path completion
+
+  * fix #2988: allow one to enable automatic verification after finishing a
+    snapshot, can be controlled as a per-datastore option
+
+  * various log-rotation improvements
+
+  * proxmox-backup-client: use HumanByte to render snapshot size
+
+  * paperkey: use svg as image format to provide better scalability
+
+  * backup: avoid Transport endpoint is not connected error
+
+  * fix #3038: check user before renewing ticket
+
+  * ui/tools: add zip module and allow to download an archive directory as a zip
+
+  * ui and api: add verification job config, allowing to schedule more
+    flexible jobs, filtering out already and/or recently verified snapshots
+    NOTE: the previous simple "verify all" schedule was dropped from the
+    datastore content, and does *not* gets migrated to the new job config.
+
+  * tasks: use systemd escape to decode/encode the task worker ID, avoiding
+    some display problems with problematic characters
+
+  * fix #2934: list also new to-be-installed packages in updates
+
+  * apt: add /changelog API call similar to PVE
+
+  * api: add world accessible ping dummy endpoint, to cheaply check for a
+    running PBS instance.
+
+  * ui: add datastore summary panel and move Statistics into it
+
+  * ui: navigation: add 'Add Datastore' button below datastore list
+
+  * ui: datastore panel: save and restore selected tab statefully
+
+  * send notification mails to email of root@pam account for GC and verify
+    jobs
+
+  * ui: datastore: use simple V. for verify action button
+
+  * ui: datastore: show snapshot manifest comment and allow to edit them
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 28 Oct 2020 23:05:41 +0100
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.1-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * TLS speedups (use SslAcceptor::mozilla_intermediate_v5)
+
+  * introduction.rst: add History
+
+  * fix #2847: proxmox-backup-client: add change-owner cmd
+
+  * proxmox-backup-client key: rename 'paper-key' command to 'paperkey'
+
+  * don't require WorkerTask in backup/ (introduce TaskState trait)
+
+  * fix #3070: replace internal with public URLs
+
+  * backup: index readers: drop useless shared lock
+
+  * add "Build" section to README.rst
+
+  * reader: actually allow users to download their own backups
+
+  * reader: track index chunks and limit access
+
+  * Userid: fix borrow/deref recursion
+
+  * depend on proxmox 0.4.3
+
+  * api: datastore: require allocate privilege for deletion
+
+  * fuse_loop: handle unmap on crashed instance
+
+  * fuse_loop: wait for instance to close after killing
+
+  * fuse_loop: add automatic cleanup of run files and dangling instances
+
+  * mount/map: use names for map/unmap for easier use
+
+  * ui: network: remove create VLAN option
+
+  * ui: Dashboard/TaskSummary: add Verifies to the Summary
+
+  * ui: implement task history limit and make it configurable
+
+  * docs: installation: add system requirements section
+
+  * client: implement map/unmap commands for .img backups
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Wed, 14 Oct 2020 13:42:12 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.0-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * ui: RemoteEdit: only send delete on update
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Fri, 02 Oct 2020 15:37:45 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.9.0-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * use ParallelHandler to verify chunks
+
+  * client: add new paper-key command to CLI tool
+
+  * server: split task list in active and archived
+
+  * tools: add logrotate module and use it for archived tasks, allowing to save
+    more than 100 thousands of tasks efficiently in the archive
+
+  * require square [brackets] for ipv6 addresses and fix ipv6 handling for
+    remotes/sync jobs
+
+  * ui: RemoteEdit: make comment and fingerprint deletable
+
+  * api/disks: create zfs: enable import systemd service unit for newly created
+    ZFS pools
+
+  * client and remotes: add support to specify a custom port number. The server
+    is still always listening on 8007, but you can now use things like reverse
+    proxies or port mapping.
+
+  * ui: RemoteEdit: allow to specify a port in the host field
+
+  * client pull: log progress
+
+  * various fixes and improvements
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 01 Oct 2020 16:19:40 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.8.21-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * depend on crossbeam-channel
+
+  * speedup sync jobs (allow up to 4 worker threads)
+
+  * improve docs
+
+  * use jobstate mechanism for verify/garbage_collection schedules
+
+  * proxy: fix error handling in prune scheduling
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Fri, 25 Sep 2020 13:20:19 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.8.20-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * improve sync speed
+
+  * benchmark: use compressable data to get more realistic result
+
+  * docs: add onlineHelp to some panels
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Thu, 24 Sep 2020 13:15:45 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.8.19-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * src/api2/reader.rs: use std::fs::read instead of tokio::fs::read
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 22 Sep 2020 13:30:27 +0200
+
+rust-proxmox-backup (0.8.18-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * src/client/pull.rs: allow up to 20 concurrent download streams
+
+  * docs: add version and date to HTML index
+
+ -- Proxmox Support Team <support@proxmox.com>  Tue, 22 Sep 2020 12:39:26 +0200
+
 rust-proxmox-backup (0.8.17-1) unstable; urgency=medium
 
   * src/client/pull.rs: open temporary manifest with truncate(true)

debian/control

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 11),
  librust-bitflags-1+default-dev (>= 1.2.1-~~),
  librust-bytes-0.5+default-dev,
  librust-crc32fast-1+default-dev,
+ librust-crossbeam-channel-0.4+default-dev,
  librust-endian-trait-0.6+arrays-dev,
  librust-endian-trait-0.6+default-dev,
  librust-futures-0.3+default-dev,
@@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 11),
  librust-lazy-static-1+default-dev (>= 1.4-~~),
  librust-libc-0.2+default-dev,
  librust-log-0.4+default-dev,
- librust-nix-0.16+default-dev,
+ librust-nix-0.19+default-dev,
  librust-nom-5+default-dev (>= 5.1-~~),
  librust-num-traits-0.2+default-dev,
  librust-once-cell-1+default-dev (>= 1.3.1-~~),
@@ -32,11 +33,12 @@ Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 11),
  librust-pam-sys-0.5+default-dev,
  librust-pathpatterns-0.1+default-dev (>= 0.1.2-~~),
  librust-percent-encoding-2+default-dev (>= 2.1-~~),
+ librust-pin-project-0.4+default-dev,
  librust-pin-utils-0.1+default-dev,
- librust-proxmox-0.4+api-macro-dev (>= 0.4.1-~~),
- librust-proxmox-0.4+default-dev (>= 0.4.1-~~),
- librust-proxmox-0.4+sortable-macro-dev (>= 0.4.1-~~),
- librust-proxmox-0.4+websocket-dev (>= 0.4.1-~~),
+ librust-proxmox-0.7+api-macro-dev (>= 0.7.2-~~),
+ librust-proxmox-0.7+default-dev (>= 0.7.2-~~),
+ librust-proxmox-0.7+sortable-macro-dev (>= 0.7.2-~~),
+ librust-proxmox-0.7+websocket-dev (>= 0.7.2-~~),
  librust-proxmox-fuse-0.1+default-dev,
  librust-pxar-0.6+default-dev (>= 0.6.1-~~),
  librust-pxar-0.6+futures-io-dev (>= 0.6.1-~~),
@@ -77,6 +79,7 @@ Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 11),
  uuid-dev,
  debhelper (>= 12~),
  bash-completion,
+ pve-eslint (>= 7.12.1-1),
  python3-docutils,
  python3-pygments,
  rsync,
@@ -102,22 +105,27 @@ Depends: fonts-font-awesome,
          libjs-extjs (>= 6.0.1),
          libzstd1 (>= 1.3.8),
          lvm2,
+         openssh-server,
          pbs-i18n,
+         postfix | mail-transport-agent,
          proxmox-backup-docs,
          proxmox-mini-journalreader,
-         proxmox-widget-toolkit (>= 2.2-4),
+         proxmox-widget-toolkit (>= 2.3-6),
          pve-xtermjs (>= 4.7.0-1),
          smartmontools,
          ${misc:Depends},
          ${shlibs:Depends},
 Recommends: zfsutils-linux,
+            ifupdown2,
 Description: Proxmox Backup Server daemon with tools and GUI
  This package contains the Proxmox Backup Server daemons and related
  tools. This includes a web-based graphical user interface.
 
 Package: proxmox-backup-client
 Architecture: any
-Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends}
+Depends: qrencode,
+         ${misc:Depends},
+         ${shlibs:Depends},
 Description: Proxmox Backup Client tools
  This package contains the Proxmox Backup client, which provides a
  simple command line tool to create and restore backups.

debian/control.in

@@ -4,22 +4,27 @@ Depends: fonts-font-awesome,
          libjs-extjs (>= 6.0.1),
          libzstd1 (>= 1.3.8),
          lvm2,
+         openssh-server,
          pbs-i18n,
+         postfix | mail-transport-agent,
          proxmox-backup-docs,
          proxmox-mini-journalreader,
-         proxmox-widget-toolkit (>= 2.2-4),
+         proxmox-widget-toolkit (>= 2.3-6),
          pve-xtermjs (>= 4.7.0-1),
          smartmontools,
          ${misc:Depends},
          ${shlibs:Depends},
 Recommends: zfsutils-linux,
+            ifupdown2,
 Description: Proxmox Backup Server daemon with tools and GUI
  This package contains the Proxmox Backup Server daemons and related
  tools. This includes a web-based graphical user interface.
 
 Package: proxmox-backup-client
 Architecture: any
-Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends}
+Depends: qrencode,
+         ${misc:Depends},
+         ${shlibs:Depends},
 Description: Proxmox Backup Client tools
  This package contains the Proxmox Backup client, which provides a
  simple command line tool to create and restore backups.

debian/debcargo.toml

@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ section = "admin"
 build_depends = [
   "debhelper (>= 12~)",
   "bash-completion",
+  "pve-eslint (>= 7.12.1-1)",
   "python3-docutils",
   "python3-pygments",
   "rsync",

debian/lintian-overrides

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-proxmox-backup-server: package-installs-apt-sources etc/apt/sources.list.d/pbstest-beta.list
+proxmox-backup-server: package-installs-apt-sources etc/apt/sources.list.d/pbs-enterprise.list
 proxmox-backup-server: systemd-service-file-refers-to-unusual-wantedby-target lib/systemd/system/proxmox-backup-banner.service getty.target

debian/postinst

@@ -15,10 +15,33 @@ case "$1" in
 	fi
 	deb-systemd-invoke $_dh_action proxmox-backup.service proxmox-backup-proxy.service >/dev/null || true
 
+	# FIXME: Remove with 1.1
+	if test -n "$2"; then
+		if dpkg --compare-versions "$2" 'lt' '0.9.4-1'; then
+			if grep -s -q  -P -e '^\s+verify-schedule ' /etc/proxmox-backup/datastore.cfg; then
+				echo "NOTE: drop all verify schedules from datastore config."
+				echo "You can now add more flexible verify jobs"
+				flock -w 30 /etc/proxmox-backup/.datastore.lck \
+				    sed -i '/^\s\+verify-schedule /d' /etc/proxmox-backup/datastore.cfg || true
+			fi
+		fi
+		if dpkg --compare-versions "$2" 'le' '0.9.5-1'; then
+			chown --quiet backup:backup /var/log/proxmox-backup/api/auth.log || true
+		fi
+		if dpkg --compare-versions "$2" 'le' '0.9.7-1'; then
+			if [ -e /etc/proxmox-backup/remote.cfg ]; then
+				echo "NOTE: Switching over remote.cfg to new field names.."
+				flock -w 30 /etc/proxmox-backup/.remote.lck \
+				    sed -i \
+				        -e 's/^\s\+userid /\tauth-id /g' \
+				        /etc/proxmox-backup/remote.cfg || true
+			fi
+		fi
+	fi
 	# FIXME: Remove in future version once we're sure no broken entries remain in anyone's files
 	if grep -q -e ':termproxy::[^@]\+: ' /var/log/proxmox-backup/tasks/active; then
 	    echo "Fixing up termproxy user id in task log..."
-	    flock -w 30 /var/log/proxmox-backup/tasks/active.lock sed -i 's/:termproxy::\([^@]\+\): /:termproxy::\1@pam: /' /var/log/proxmox-backup/tasks/active
+	    flock -w 30 /var/log/proxmox-backup/tasks/active.lock sed -i 's/:termproxy::\([^@]\+\): /:termproxy::\1@pam: /' /var/log/proxmox-backup/tasks/active || true
 	fi
     ;;
 

debian/prerm

@@ -6,5 +6,6 @@ set -e
 
 # modeled after dh_systemd_start output
 if [ -d /run/systemd/system ] && [ "$1" = remove ]; then
-    deb-systemd-invoke stop 'proxmox-backup-banner.service' 'proxmox-backup-proxy.service' 'proxmox-backup.service' >/dev/null || true
+    deb-systemd-invoke stop 'proxmox-backup-banner.service' 'proxmox-backup-proxy.service' \
+        'proxmox-backup.service' 'proxmox-backup-daily-update.timer' >/dev/null || true
 fi

debian/proxmox-backup-docs.links

@@ -1 +1,2 @@
 /usr/share/doc/proxmox-backup/proxmox-backup.pdf /usr/share/doc/proxmox-backup/html/proxmox-backup.pdf
+/usr/share/javascript/extjs /usr/share/doc/proxmox-backup/html/prune-simulator/extjs

debian/proxmox-backup-server.install

@@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
 etc/proxmox-backup-proxy.service /lib/systemd/system/
 etc/proxmox-backup.service /lib/systemd/system/
 etc/proxmox-backup-banner.service /lib/systemd/system/
-etc/pbstest-beta.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/
+etc/proxmox-backup-daily-update.service /lib/systemd/system/
+etc/proxmox-backup-daily-update.timer /lib/systemd/system/
+etc/pbs-enterprise.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/
 usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/proxmox-backup/proxmox-backup-api
 usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/proxmox-backup/proxmox-backup-proxy
 usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/proxmox-backup/proxmox-backup-banner
+usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/proxmox-backup/proxmox-daily-update
 usr/sbin/proxmox-backup-manager
 usr/share/javascript/proxmox-backup/index.hbs
 usr/share/javascript/proxmox-backup/css/ext6-pbs.css

debian/proxmox-backup-server.maintscript

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+rm_conffile /etc/apt/sources.list.d/pbstest-beta.list 1.0.0~ proxmox-backup-server

debian/rules

@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ override_dh_auto_install:
 	    LIBDIR=/usr/lib/$(DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH)
 
 override_dh_installsystemd:
+	dh_installsystemd -pproxmox-backup-server  proxmox-backup-daily-update.timer
 	# note: we start/try-reload-restart services manually in postinst
 	dh_installsystemd --no-start --no-restart-after-upgrade
 

docs/Makefile

@@ -14,6 +14,11 @@ MANUAL_PAGES := 			\
 	proxmox-backup-client.1		\
 	proxmox-backup-manager.1
 
+PRUNE_SIMULATOR_FILES := 					\
+	prune-simulator/index.html				\
+	prune-simulator/documentation.html			\
+	prune-simulator/clear-trigger.png			\
+	prune-simulator/prune-simulator.js
 
 # Sphinx documentation setup
 SPHINXOPTS    =
@@ -74,10 +79,11 @@ onlinehelpinfo:
 	@echo "Build finished. OnlineHelpInfo.js is in $(BUILDDIR)/scanrefs."
 
 .PHONY: html
-html: ${GENERATED_SYNOPSIS}
+html: ${GENERATED_SYNOPSIS} images/proxmox-logo.svg custom.css conf.py ${PRUNE_SIMULATOR_FILES}
 	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html
-	cp images/proxmox-logo.svg $(BUILDDIR)/html/_static/
-	cp custom.css $(BUILDDIR)/html/_static/
+	install -m 0644 custom.js custom.css images/proxmox-logo.svg $(BUILDDIR)/html/_static/
+	install -dm 0755 $(BUILDDIR)/html/prune-simulator
+	install -m 0644 ${PRUNE_SIMULATOR_FILES} $(BUILDDIR)/html/prune-simulator
 	@echo
 	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html."
 

docs/_ext/proxmox-scanrefs.py

@@ -44,12 +44,13 @@ def scan_extjs_files(wwwdir="../www"): # a bit rough i know, but we can optimize
                 js_files.append(os.path.join(root, filename))
     for js_file in js_files:
         fd = open(js_file).read()
-        match = re.search("onlineHelp:\s*[\'\"](.*?)[\'\"]", fd) # match object is tuple
-        if match:
-            anchor = match.groups()[0]
+        allmatch = re.findall("(?:onlineHelp:|get_help_tool\s*\()\s*[\'\"](.*?)[\'\"]", fd, re.M)
+        for match in allmatch:
+            anchor = match
             anchor = re.sub('_', '-', anchor) # normalize labels
             logger.info("found onlineHelp: {} in {}".format(anchor, js_file))
             used_anchors.append(anchor)
+
     return used_anchors
 
 
@@ -72,7 +73,9 @@ class ReflabelMapper(Builder):
             'link': '/docs/index.html',
             'title': 'Proxmox Backup Server Documentation Index',
         }
-        self.env.used_anchors = scan_extjs_files()
+        # Disabled until we find a sensible way to scan proxmox-widget-toolkit
+        # as well
+        #self.env.used_anchors = scan_extjs_files()
 
         if not os.path.isdir(self.outdir):
             os.mkdir(self.outdir)
@@ -92,6 +95,9 @@ class ReflabelMapper(Builder):
                     logger.info('traversing section {}'.format(title.astext()))
                     ref_name = getattr(title, 'rawsource', title.astext())
 
+                    if (ref_name[:7] == ':term:`'):
+                        ref_name = ref_name[7:-1]
+
                     self.env.online_help[labelid] = {'link': '', 'title': ''}
                     self.env.online_help[labelid]['link'] = "/docs/" + os.path.basename(filename_html) + "#{}".format(labelid)
                     self.env.online_help[labelid]['title'] = ref_name
@@ -111,15 +117,18 @@ class ReflabelMapper(Builder):
     def validate_anchors(self):
         #pprint(self.env.online_help)
         to_remove = []
-        for anchor in self.env.used_anchors:
-            if anchor not in self.env.online_help:
-                logger.info("[-] anchor {} is missing from onlinehelp!".format(anchor))
-        for anchor in self.env.online_help:
-            if anchor not in self.env.used_anchors and anchor != 'pbs_documentation_index':
-                logger.info("[*] anchor {} not used! deleting...".format(anchor))
-                to_remove.append(anchor)
-        for anchor in to_remove:
-            self.env.online_help.pop(anchor, None)
+
+        # Disabled until we find a sensible way to scan proxmox-widget-toolkit
+        # as well
+        #for anchor in self.env.used_anchors:
+        #    if anchor not in self.env.online_help:
+        #        logger.info("[-] anchor {} is missing from onlinehelp!".format(anchor))
+        #for anchor in self.env.online_help:
+        #    if anchor not in self.env.used_anchors and anchor != 'pbs_documentation_index':
+        #        logger.info("[*] anchor {} not used! deleting...".format(anchor))
+        #        to_remove.append(anchor)
+        #for anchor in to_remove:
+        #   self.env.online_help.pop(anchor, None)
         return
 
     def finish(self):

docs/_templates/index-sidebar.html

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<h3>Navigation</h3>
+{{ toctree(includehidden=theme_sidebar_includehidden, collapse=True, titles_only=True) }}
+{% if theme_extra_nav_links %}
+<hr />
+<h3>Links</h3>
+<ul>
+    {% for text, uri in theme_extra_nav_links.items() %}
+    <li class="toctree-l1"><a href="{{ uri }}">{{ text }}</a></li>
+    {% endfor %}
+</ul>
+{% endif %}

docs/_templates/sidebar-header.html

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+ <p class="logo">
+    <a href="index.html">
+        <img class="logo" src="_static/proxmox-logo.svg" alt="Logo">
+    </a>
+</p>
+<h1 class="logo logo-name"><a href="index.html">Proxmox Backup</a></h1>
+<hr style="width:100%;">

docs/backup-client.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,750 @@
+Backup Client Usage
+===================
+
+The command line client is called :command:`proxmox-backup-client`.
+
+
+Repository Locations
+--------------------
+
+The client uses the following notation to specify a datastore repository
+on the backup server.
+
+  [[username@]server[:port]:]datastore
+
+The default value for ``username`` is ``root@pam``. If no server is specified,
+the default is the local host (``localhost``).
+
+You can specify a port if your backup server is only reachable on a different
+port (e.g. with NAT and port forwarding).
+
+Note that if the server is an IPv6 address, you have to write it with square
+brackets (for example, `[fe80::01]`).
+
+You can pass the repository with the ``--repository`` command line option, or
+by setting the ``PBS_REPOSITORY`` environment variable.
+
+Here some examples of valid repositories and the real values
+
+================================ ================== ================== ===========
+Example                          User               Host:Port          Datastore
+================================ ================== ================== ===========
+mydatastore                      ``root@pam``       localhost:8007     mydatastore
+myhostname:mydatastore           ``root@pam``       myhostname:8007    mydatastore
+user@pbs@myhostname:mydatastore  ``user@pbs``       myhostname:8007    mydatastore
+user\@pbs!token@host:store       ``user@pbs!token`` myhostname:8007    mydatastore
+192.168.55.55:1234:mydatastore   ``root@pam``       192.168.55.55:1234 mydatastore
+[ff80::51]:mydatastore           ``root@pam``       [ff80::51]:8007    mydatastore
+[ff80::51]:1234:mydatastore      ``root@pam``       [ff80::51]:1234    mydatastore
+================================ ================== ================== ===========
+
+Environment Variables
+---------------------
+
+``PBS_REPOSITORY``
+  The default backup repository.
+
+``PBS_PASSWORD``
+  When set, this value is used for the password required for the backup server.
+  You can also set this to a API token secret.
+
+``PBS_ENCRYPTION_PASSWORD``
+  When set, this value is used to access the secret encryption key (if
+  protected by password).
+
+``PBS_FINGERPRINT`` When set, this value is used to verify the server
+  certificate (only used if the system CA certificates cannot validate the
+  certificate).
+
+
+Output Format
+-------------
+
+Most commands support the ``--output-format`` parameter. It accepts
+the following values:
+
+:``text``: Text format (default). Structured data is rendered as a table.
+
+:``json``: JSON (single line).
+
+:``json-pretty``: JSON (multiple lines, nicely formatted).
+
+
+Please use the following environment variables to modify output behavior:
+
+``PROXMOX_OUTPUT_FORMAT``
+  Defines the default output format.
+
+``PROXMOX_OUTPUT_NO_BORDER``
+  If set (to any value), do not render table borders.
+
+``PROXMOX_OUTPUT_NO_HEADER``
+  If set (to any value), do not render table headers.
+
+.. note:: The ``text`` format is designed to be human readable, and
+   not meant to be parsed by automation tools. Please use the ``json``
+   format if you need to process the output.
+
+
+.. _creating-backups:
+
+Creating Backups
+----------------
+
+This section explains how to create a backup from within the machine. This can
+be a physical host, a virtual machine, or a container. Such backups may contain file
+and image archives. There are no restrictions in this case.
+
+.. note:: If you want to backup virtual machines or containers on Proxmox VE, see :ref:`pve-integration`.
+
+For the following example you need to have a backup server set up, working
+credentials and need to know the repository name.
+In the following examples we use ``backup-server:store1``.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client backup root.pxar:/ --repository backup-server:store1
+  Starting backup: host/elsa/2019-12-03T09:35:01Z
+  Client name: elsa
+  skip mount point: "/boot/efi"
+  skip mount point: "/dev"
+  skip mount point: "/run"
+  skip mount point: "/sys"
+  Uploaded 12129 chunks in 87 seconds (564 MB/s).
+  End Time: 2019-12-03T10:36:29+01:00
+
+This will prompt you for a password and then uploads a file archive named
+``root.pxar`` containing all the files in the ``/`` directory.
+
+.. Caution:: Please note that the proxmox-backup-client does not
+   automatically include mount points. Instead, you will see a short
+   ``skip mount point`` notice for each of them. The idea is to
+   create a separate file archive for each mounted disk. You can
+   explicitly include them using the ``--include-dev`` option
+   (i.e. ``--include-dev /boot/efi``). You can use this option
+   multiple times for each mount point that should be included.
+
+The ``--repository`` option can get quite long and is used by all
+commands. You can avoid having to enter this value by setting the
+environment variable ``PBS_REPOSITORY``. Note that if you would like this to remain set
+over multiple sessions, you should instead add the below line to your
+``.bashrc`` file.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # export PBS_REPOSITORY=backup-server:store1
+
+After this you can execute all commands without specifying the ``--repository``
+option.
+
+One single backup is allowed to contain more than one archive. For example, if
+you want to backup two disks mounted at ``/mnt/disk1`` and ``/mnt/disk2``:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client backup disk1.pxar:/mnt/disk1 disk2.pxar:/mnt/disk2
+
+This creates a backup of both disks.
+
+The backup command takes a list of backup specifications, which
+include the archive name on the server, the type of the archive, and the
+archive source at the client. The format is:
+
+    <archive-name>.<type>:<source-path>
+
+Common types are ``.pxar`` for file archives, and ``.img`` for block
+device images. To create a backup of a block device run the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client backup mydata.img:/dev/mylvm/mydata
+
+
+Excluding files/folders from a backup
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Sometimes it is desired to exclude certain files or folders from a backup archive.
+To tell the Proxmox Backup client when and how to ignore files and directories,
+place a text file called ``.pxarexclude`` in the filesystem hierarchy.
+Whenever the backup client encounters such a file in a directory, it interprets
+each line as glob match patterns for files and directories that are to be excluded
+from the backup.
+
+The file must contain a single glob pattern per line. Empty lines are ignored.
+The same is true for lines starting with ``#``, which indicates a comment.
+A ``!`` at the beginning of a line reverses the glob match pattern from an exclusion
+to an explicit inclusion. This makes it possible to exclude all entries in a
+directory except for a few single files/subdirectories.
+Lines ending in ``/`` match only on directories.
+The directory containing the ``.pxarexclude`` file is considered to be the root of
+the given patterns. It is only possible to match files in this directory and its subdirectories.
+
+``\`` is used to escape special glob characters.
+``?`` matches any single character.
+``*`` matches any character, including an empty string.
+``**`` is used to match subdirectories. It can be used to, for example, exclude
+all files ending in ``.tmp`` within the directory or subdirectories with the
+following pattern ``**/*.tmp``.
+``[...]`` matches a single character from any of the provided characters within
+the brackets. ``[!...]`` does the complementary and matches any single character
+not contained within the brackets. It is also possible to specify ranges with two
+characters separated by ``-``. For example, ``[a-z]`` matches any lowercase
+alphabetic character and ``[0-9]`` matches any one single digit.
+
+The order of the glob match patterns defines whether a file is included or
+excluded, that is to say later entries override previous ones.
+This is also true for match patterns encountered deeper down the directory tree,
+which can override a previous exclusion.
+Be aware that excluded directories will **not** be read by the backup client.
+Thus, a ``.pxarexclude`` file in an excluded subdirectory will have no effect.
+``.pxarexclude`` files are treated as regular files and will be included in the
+backup archive.
+
+For example, consider the following directory structure:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+    # ls -aR folder
+    folder/:
+    .  ..  .pxarexclude  subfolder0  subfolder1
+
+    folder/subfolder0:
+    .  ..  file0  file1  file2  file3  .pxarexclude
+
+    folder/subfolder1:
+    .  ..  file0  file1  file2  file3
+
+The different ``.pxarexclude`` files contain the following:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+    # cat folder/.pxarexclude
+    /subfolder0/file1
+    /subfolder1/*
+    !/subfolder1/file2
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+    # cat folder/subfolder0/.pxarexclude
+    file3
+
+This would exclude ``file1`` and ``file3`` in ``subfolder0`` and all of
+``subfolder1`` except ``file2``.
+
+Restoring this backup will result in:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+    ls -aR restored
+    restored/:
+    .  ..  .pxarexclude  subfolder0  subfolder1
+
+    restored/subfolder0:
+    .  ..  file0  file2  .pxarexclude
+
+    restored/subfolder1:
+    .  ..  file2
+
+
+.. _encryption:
+
+Encryption
+----------
+
+Proxmox Backup supports client-side encryption with AES-256 in GCM_
+mode. To set this up, you first need to create an encryption key:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client key create my-backup.key
+  Encryption Key Password: **************
+
+The key is password protected by default. If you do not need this
+extra protection, you can also create it without a password:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client key create /path/to/my-backup.key --kdf none
+
+Having created this key, it is now possible to create an encrypted backup, by
+passing the ``--keyfile`` parameter, with the path to the key file.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client backup etc.pxar:/etc --keyfile /path/to/my-backup.key
+  Password: *********
+  Encryption Key Password: **************
+  ...
+
+.. Note:: If you do not specify the name of the backup key, the key will be
+  created in the default location
+  ``~/.config/proxmox-backup/encryption-key.json``. ``proxmox-backup-client``
+  will also search this location by default, in case the ``--keyfile``
+  parameter is not specified.
+
+You can avoid entering the passwords by setting the environment
+variables ``PBS_PASSWORD`` and ``PBS_ENCRYPTION_PASSWORD``.
+
+
+Using a master key to store and recover encryption keys
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+You can also use ``proxmox-backup-client key`` to create an RSA public/private
+key pair, which can be used to store an encrypted version of the symmetric
+backup encryption key alongside each backup and recover it later.
+
+To set up a master key:
+
+1. Create an encryption key for the backup:
+
+   .. code-block:: console
+
+     # proxmox-backup-client key create
+     creating default key at: "~/.config/proxmox-backup/encryption-key.json"
+     Encryption Key Password: **********
+     ...
+
+   The resulting file will be saved to ``~/.config/proxmox-backup/encryption-key.json``.
+
+2. Create an RSA public/private key pair:
+
+   .. code-block:: console
+
+     # proxmox-backup-client key create-master-key
+     Master Key Password: *********
+     ...
+
+   This will create two files in your current directory, ``master-public.pem``
+   and ``master-private.pem``.
+
+3. Import the newly created ``master-public.pem`` public certificate, so that
+   ``proxmox-backup-client`` can find and use it upon backup.
+
+   .. code-block:: console
+
+     # proxmox-backup-client key import-master-pubkey /path/to/master-public.pem
+     Imported public master key to "~/.config/proxmox-backup/master-public.pem"
+
+4. With all these files in place, run a backup job:
+
+   .. code-block:: console
+
+     # proxmox-backup-client backup etc.pxar:/etc
+
+   The key will be stored in your backup, under the name ``rsa-encrypted.key``.
+
+   .. Note:: The ``--keyfile`` parameter can be excluded, if the encryption key
+     is in the default path. If you specified another path upon creation, you
+     must pass the ``--keyfile`` parameter.
+
+5. To test that everything worked, you can restore the key from the backup:
+
+   .. code-block:: console
+
+     # proxmox-backup-client restore /path/to/backup/ rsa-encrypted.key /path/to/target
+
+   .. Note:: You should not need an encryption key to extract this file. However, if
+     a key exists at the default location
+     (``~/.config/proxmox-backup/encryption-key.json``) the program will prompt
+     you for an encryption key password. Simply moving ``encryption-key.json``
+     out of this directory will fix this issue.
+
+6. Then, use the previously generated master key to decrypt the file:
+
+   .. code-block:: console
+
+     # openssl rsautl -decrypt -inkey master-private.pem -in rsa-encrypted.key -out /path/to/target
+     Enter pass phrase for ./master-private.pem: *********
+
+7. The target file will now contain the encryption key information in plain
+   text. The success of this can be confirmed by passing the resulting ``json``
+   file, with the ``--keyfile`` parameter, when decrypting files from the backup.
+
+.. warning:: Without their key, backed up files will be inaccessible. Thus, you should
+  keep keys ordered and in a place that is separate from the contents being
+  backed up. It can happen, for example, that you back up an entire system, using
+  a key on that system. If the system then becomes inaccessible for any reason
+  and needs to be restored, this will not be possible as the encryption key will be
+  lost along with the broken system.
+
+It is recommended that you keep your master key safe, but easily accessible, in
+order for quick disaster recovery. For this reason, the best place to store it
+is in your password manager, where it is immediately recoverable. As a backup to
+this, you should also save the key to a USB drive and store that in a secure
+place. This way, it is detached from any system, but is still easy to recover
+from, in case of emergency. Finally, in preparation for the worst case scenario,
+you should also consider keeping a paper copy of your master key locked away in
+a safe place. The ``paperkey`` subcommand can be used to create a QR encoded
+version of your master key. The following command sends the output of the
+``paperkey`` command to a text file, for easy printing.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  proxmox-backup-client key paperkey --output-format text > qrkey.txt
+
+
+Restoring Data
+--------------
+
+The regular creation of backups is a necessary step to avoiding data
+loss. More importantly, however, is the restoration. It is good practice to perform
+periodic recovery tests to ensure that you can access the data in
+case of problems.
+
+First, you need to find the snapshot which you want to restore. The snapshot
+list command provides a list of all the snapshots on the server:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client snapshot list
+  ┌────────────────────────────────┬─────────────┬────────────────────────────────────┐
+  │ snapshot                       │        size │ files                              │
+  ╞════════════════════════════════╪═════════════╪════════════════════════════════════╡
+  │ host/elsa/2019-12-03T09:30:15Z │ 51788646825 │ root.pxar catalog.pcat1 index.json │
+  ├────────────────────────────────┼─────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
+  │ host/elsa/2019-12-03T09:35:01Z │ 51790622048 │ root.pxar catalog.pcat1 index.json │
+  ├────────────────────────────────┼─────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
+  ...
+
+You can inspect the catalog to find specific files.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client catalog dump host/elsa/2019-12-03T09:35:01Z
+  ...
+  d "./root.pxar.didx/etc/cifs-utils"
+  l "./root.pxar.didx/etc/cifs-utils/idmap-plugin"
+  d "./root.pxar.didx/etc/console-setup"
+  ...
+
+The restore command lets you restore a single archive from the
+backup.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client restore host/elsa/2019-12-03T09:35:01Z root.pxar /target/path/
+
+To get the contents of any archive, you can restore the ``index.json`` file in the
+repository to the target path '-'. This will dump the contents to the standard output.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client restore host/elsa/2019-12-03T09:35:01Z index.json -
+
+
+Interactive Restores
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+If you only want to restore a few individual files, it is often easier
+to use the interactive recovery shell.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client catalog shell host/elsa/2019-12-03T09:35:01Z root.pxar
+  Starting interactive shell
+  pxar:/ > ls
+  bin        boot       dev        etc        home       lib        lib32
+  ...
+
+The interactive recovery shell is a minimal command line interface that
+utilizes the metadata stored in the catalog to quickly list, navigate and
+search files in a file archive.
+To restore files, you can select them individually or match them with a glob
+pattern.
+
+Using the catalog for navigation reduces the overhead considerably because only
+the catalog needs to be downloaded and, optionally, decrypted.
+The actual chunks are only accessed if the metadata in the catalog is not enough
+or for the actual restore.
+
+Similar to common UNIX shells ``cd`` and ``ls`` are the commands used to change
+working directory and list directory contents in the archive.
+``pwd`` shows the full path of the current working directory with respect to the
+archive root.
+
+Being able to quickly search the contents of the archive is a commonly needed feature.
+That's where the catalog is most valuable.
+For example:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  pxar:/ > find etc/**/*.txt --select
+  "/etc/X11/rgb.txt"
+  pxar:/ > list-selected
+  etc/**/*.txt
+  pxar:/ > restore-selected /target/path
+  ...
+
+This will find and print all files ending in ``.txt`` located in ``etc/`` or a
+subdirectory and add the corresponding pattern to the list for subsequent restores.
+``list-selected`` shows these patterns and ``restore-selected`` finally restores
+all files in the archive matching the patterns to ``/target/path`` on the local
+host. This will scan the whole archive.
+
+With ``restore /target/path`` you can restore the sub-archive given by the current
+working directory to the local target path ``/target/path`` on your host.
+By additionally passing a glob pattern with ``--pattern <glob>``, the restore is
+further limited to files matching the pattern.
+For example:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  pxar:/ > cd /etc/
+  pxar:/etc/ > restore /target/ --pattern **/*.conf
+  ...
+
+The above will scan trough all the directories below ``/etc`` and restore all
+files ending in ``.conf``.
+
+.. todo:: Explain interactive restore in more detail
+
+Mounting of Archives via FUSE
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The :term:`FUSE` implementation for the pxar archive allows you to mount a
+file archive as a read-only filesystem to a mountpoint on your host.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client mount host/backup-client/2020-01-29T11:29:22Z root.pxar /mnt/mountpoint
+  # ls /mnt/mountpoint
+  bin   dev  home  lib32  libx32      media  opt   root  sbin  sys  usr
+  boot  etc  lib   lib64  lost+found  mnt    proc  run   srv   tmp  var
+
+This allows you to access the full contents of the archive in a seamless manner.
+
+.. note:: As the FUSE connection needs to fetch and decrypt chunks from the
+    backup server's datastore, this can cause some additional network and CPU
+    load on your host, depending on the operations you perform on the mounted
+    filesystem.
+
+To unmount the filesystem use the ``umount`` command on the mountpoint:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # umount /mnt/mountpoint
+
+Login and Logout
+----------------
+
+The client tool prompts you to enter the logon password as soon as you
+want to access the backup server. The server checks your credentials
+and responds with a ticket that is valid for two hours. The client
+tool automatically stores that ticket and uses it for further requests
+to this server.
+
+You can also manually trigger this login/logout using the login and
+logout commands:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client login
+  Password: **********
+
+To remove the ticket, issue a logout:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client logout
+
+
+.. _changing-backup-owner:
+
+Changing the Owner of a Backup Group
+------------------------------------
+
+By default, the owner of a backup group is the user which was used to originally
+create that backup group (or in the case of sync jobs, ``root@pam``). This
+means that if a user ``mike@pbs`` created a backup, another user ``john@pbs``
+can not be used to create backups in that same backup group.  In case you want
+to change the owner of a backup, you can do so with the below command, using a
+user that has ``Datastore.Modify`` privileges on the datastore.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client change-owner vm/103 john@pbs
+
+This can also be done from within the web interface, by navigating to the
+`Content` section of the datastore that contains the backup group and
+selecting the user icon under the `Actions` column. Common cases for this could
+be to change the owner of a sync job from ``root@pam``, or to repurpose a
+backup group.
+
+
+.. _backup-pruning:
+
+Pruning and Removing Backups
+----------------------------
+
+You can manually delete a backup snapshot using the ``forget``
+command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client snapshot forget <snapshot>
+
+
+.. caution:: This command removes all archives in this backup
+   snapshot. They will be inaccessible and unrecoverable.
+
+
+Although manual removal is sometimes required, the ``prune``
+command is normally used to systematically delete older backups. Prune lets
+you specify which backup snapshots you want to keep. The
+following retention options are available:
+
+``--keep-last <N>``
+  Keep the last ``<N>`` backup snapshots.
+
+``--keep-hourly <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` hours. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single hour, only the latest is kept.
+
+``--keep-daily <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` days. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single day, only the latest is kept.
+
+``--keep-weekly <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` weeks. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single week, only the latest is kept.
+
+  .. note:: Weeks start on Monday and end on Sunday. The software
+     uses the `ISO week date`_ system and handles weeks at
+     the end of the year correctly.
+
+``--keep-monthly <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` months. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single month, only the latest is kept.
+
+``--keep-yearly <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` years. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single year, only the latest is kept.
+
+The retention options are processed in the order given above. Each option
+only covers backups within its time period. The next option does not take care
+of already covered backups. It will only consider older backups.
+
+Unfinished and incomplete backups will be removed by the prune command unless
+they are newer than the last successful backup. In this case, the last failed
+backup is retained.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client prune <group> --keep-daily 7 --keep-weekly 4 --keep-monthly 3
+
+
+You can use the ``--dry-run`` option to test your settings. This only
+shows the list of existing snapshots and what actions prune would take.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client prune host/elsa --dry-run --keep-daily 1 --keep-weekly 3
+  ┌────────────────────────────────┬──────┐
+  │ snapshot                       │ keep │
+  ╞════════════════════════════════╪══════╡
+  │ host/elsa/2019-12-04T13:20:37Z │    1 │
+  ├────────────────────────────────┼──────┤
+  │ host/elsa/2019-12-03T09:35:01Z │    0 │
+  ├────────────────────────────────┼──────┤
+  │ host/elsa/2019-11-22T11:54:47Z │    1 │
+  ├────────────────────────────────┼──────┤
+  │ host/elsa/2019-11-21T12:36:25Z │    0 │
+  ├────────────────────────────────┼──────┤
+  │ host/elsa/2019-11-10T10:42:20Z │    1 │
+  └────────────────────────────────┴──────┘
+
+.. note:: Neither the ``prune`` command nor the ``forget`` command free space
+   in the chunk-store. The chunk-store still contains the data blocks. To free
+   space you need to perform :ref:`garbage-collection`.
+
+
+.. _garbage-collection:
+
+Garbage Collection
+------------------
+
+The ``prune`` command removes only the backup index files, not the data
+from the datastore. This task is left to the garbage collection
+command. It is recommended to carry out garbage collection on a regular basis.
+
+The garbage collection works in two phases. In the first phase, all
+data blocks that are still in use are marked. In the second phase,
+unused data blocks are removed.
+
+.. note:: This command needs to read all existing backup index files
+  and touches the complete chunk-store. This can take a long time
+  depending on the number of chunks and the speed of the underlying
+  disks.
+
+.. note:: The garbage collection will only remove chunks that haven't been used
+   for at least one day (exactly 24h 5m). This grace period is necessary because
+   chunks in use are marked by touching the chunk which updates the ``atime``
+   (access time) property. Filesystems are mounted with the ``relatime`` option
+   by default. This results in a better performance by only updating the
+   ``atime`` property if the last access has been at least 24 hours ago. The
+   downside is, that touching a chunk within these 24 hours will not always
+   update its ``atime`` property.
+
+   Chunks in the grace period will be logged at the end of the garbage
+   collection task as *Pending removals*.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client garbage-collect
+  starting garbage collection on store store2
+  Start GC phase1 (mark used chunks)
+  Start GC phase2 (sweep unused chunks)
+  percentage done: 1, chunk count: 219
+  percentage done: 2, chunk count: 453
+  ...
+  percentage done: 99, chunk count: 21188
+  Removed bytes: 411368505
+  Removed chunks: 203
+  Original data bytes: 327160886391
+  Disk bytes: 52767414743 (16 %)
+  Disk chunks: 21221
+  Average chunk size: 2486565
+  TASK OK
+
+
+.. todo:: howto run garbage-collection at regular intervals (cron)
+
+Benchmarking
+------------
+
+The backup client also comes with a benchmarking tool. This tool measures
+various metrics relating to compression and encryption speeds. You can run a
+benchmark using the ``benchmark`` subcommand of ``proxmox-backup-client``:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-client benchmark
+  Uploaded 656 chunks in 5 seconds.
+  Time per request: 7659 microseconds.
+  TLS speed: 547.60 MB/s
+  SHA256 speed: 585.76 MB/s
+  Compression speed: 1923.96 MB/s
+  Decompress speed: 7885.24 MB/s
+  AES256/GCM speed: 3974.03 MB/s
+  ┌───────────────────────────────────┬─────────────────────┐
+  │ Name                              │ Value               │
+  ╞═══════════════════════════════════╪═════════════════════╡
+  │ TLS (maximal backup upload speed) │ 547.60 MB/s (93%)   │
+  ├───────────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────┤
+  │ SHA256 checksum computation speed │ 585.76 MB/s (28%)   │
+  ├───────────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────┤
+  │ ZStd level 1 compression speed    │ 1923.96 MB/s (89%)  │
+  ├───────────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────┤
+  │ ZStd level 1 decompression speed  │ 7885.24 MB/s (98%)  │
+  ├───────────────────────────────────┼─────────────────────┤
+  │ AES256 GCM encryption speed       │ 3974.03 MB/s (104%) │
+  └───────────────────────────────────┴─────────────────────┘
+
+.. note:: The percentages given in the output table correspond to a
+  comparison against a Ryzen 7 2700X. The TLS test connects to the
+  local host, so there is no network involved.
+
+You can also pass the ``--output-format`` parameter to output stats in ``json``,
+rather than the default table format.
+
+

docs/calendarevents.rst

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ by the systemd Time and Date Specification (see `systemd.time manpage`_)
 called `calendar events` for its schedules.
 
 `Calendar events` are expressions to specify one or more points in time.
-They are mostly compatible with systemds calendar events.
+They are mostly compatible with systemd's calendar events.
 
 The general format is as follows:
 
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ If the weekday or date part is omitted, all (week)days are included.
 If the time part is omitted, the time 00:00:00 is implied.
 (e.g. '2020-01-01' refers to '2020-01-01 00:00:00')
 
-Weekdays are specified with the abbreviated english version:
+Weekdays are specified with the abbreviated English version:
 `mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat, sun`.
 
 Each field can contain multiple values in the following formats:
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Value                              Syntax
 `daily`                            `*-*-* 00:00:00`
 `weekly`                           `mon *-*-* 00:00:00`
 `monthly`                          `*-*-01 00:00:00`
-`yearly` or `annualy`              `*-01-01 00:00:00`
+`yearly` or `annually`              `*-01-01 00:00:00`
 `quarterly`                        `*-01,04,07,10-01 00:00:00`
 `semiannually` or `semi-annually`  `*-01,07-01 00:00:00`
 =================================  ==============================
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Differences to systemd
 
 Not all features of systemd calendar events are implemented:
 
-* no unix timestamps (e.g. `@12345`): instead use date and time to specify
+* no Unix timestamps (e.g. `@12345`): instead use date and time to specify
   a specific point in time
 * no timezone: all schedules use the set timezone on the server
 * no sub-second resolution

docs/command-line-tools.rst

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Command Line Tools
 .. include:: proxmox-backup-manager/description.rst
 
 ``pxar``
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+~~~~~~~~
 
 .. include:: pxar/description.rst
 

docs/command-syntax.rst

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Command Syntax
 Catalog Shell Commands
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-Those command are available when you start an intercative restore shell:
+Those command are available when you start an interactive restore shell:
 
 .. code-block:: console
 

docs/conf.py

@@ -97,12 +97,10 @@ language = None
 
 # There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
 # non-false value, then it is used:
-#
 # today = ''
 #
 # Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
-#
-# today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
+today_fmt = '%A, %d %B %Y'
 
 # List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
 # directories to ignore when looking for source files.
@@ -164,18 +162,20 @@ html_theme = 'alabaster'
 #
 html_theme_options = {
     'fixed_sidebar': True,
-    #'sidebar_includehidden': False,
-    'sidebar_collapse': False, # FIXME: documented, but does not works?!
-    'show_relbar_bottom': True, # FIXME: documented, but does not works?!
+    'sidebar_includehidden': False,
+    'sidebar_collapse': False,
+    'globaltoc_collapse': False,
+    'show_relbar_bottom': True,
     'show_powered_by': False,
 
-    'logo': 'proxmox-logo.svg',
-    'logo_name': True, # show project name below logo
-    #'logo_text_align': 'center',
-    #'description': 'Fast, Secure & Efficient.',
+    'extra_nav_links': {
+        'Proxmox Homepage': 'https://proxmox.com',
+        'PDF': 'proxmox-backup.pdf',
+        'Prune Simulator' : 'prune-simulator/index.html',
+    },
 
-    'sidebar_width': '300px',
-    'page_width': '1280px',
+    'sidebar_width': '320px',
+    'page_width': '1320px',
     # font styles
     'head_font_family': 'Lato, sans-serif',
     'caption_font_family': 'Lato, sans-serif',
@@ -183,6 +183,24 @@ html_theme_options = {
     'font_family': 'Open Sans, sans-serif',
 }
 
+# Alabaster theme recommends setting this fixed.
+# If you switch theme this needs to removed, probably.
+html_sidebars = {
+    '**': [
+        'sidebar-header.html',
+        'searchbox.html',
+        'navigation.html',
+        'relations.html',
+    ],
+
+    'index': [
+        'sidebar-header.html',
+        'searchbox.html',
+        'index-sidebar.html',
+    ]
+}
+
+
 # Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
 # html_theme_path = []
 
@@ -211,6 +229,10 @@ html_favicon = 'images/favicon.ico'
 # so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
 html_static_path = ['_static']
 
+html_js_files = [
+    'custom.js',
+]
+
 # Add any extra paths that contain custom files (such as robots.txt or
 # .htaccess) here, relative to this directory. These files are copied
 # directly to the root of the documentation.
@@ -228,10 +250,6 @@ html_static_path = ['_static']
 #
 # html_use_smartypants = True
 
-# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
-#
-# html_sidebars = {}
-
 # Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
 # template names.
 #

docs/custom.css

@@ -13,3 +13,40 @@ div.body img {
 pre {
     padding: 5px 10px;
 }
+
+li a.current {
+    font-weight: bold;
+    border-bottom: 1px solid #000;
+}
+ul li.toctree-l1 {
+    margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+ul li.toctree-l1 > a {
+    color: #000;
+}
+
+div.sphinxsidebar form.search {
+    margin-bottom: 5px;
+}
+
+div.sphinxsidebar h3 {
+    width: 100%;
+}
+
+div.sphinxsidebar h1.logo-name {
+    display: none;
+}
+@media screen and (max-width: 875px) {
+    div.sphinxsidebar p.logo {
+        display: initial;
+    }
+    div.sphinxsidebar h1.logo-name {
+        display: block;
+    }
+    div.sphinxsidebar span {
+        color: #AAA;
+    }
+    ul li.toctree-l1 > a {
+        color: #FFF;
+    }
+}

docs/custom.js

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+window.addEventListener('DOMContentLoaded', (event) => {
+    let activeSection = document.querySelector("a.current");
+    if (activeSection) {
+        // https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Element/scrollIntoView
+        activeSection.scrollIntoView({ block: 'center' });
+    }
+});

docs/epilog.rst

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 .. Epilog (included at top of each file)
    
-   We use this file to define external links and commone replacement
+   We use this file to define external links and common replacement
    patterns.
 
 .. |VERSION| replace:: 1.0

docs/faq.rst

@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ How long will my Proxmox Backup Server version be supported?
 +-----------------------+--------------------+---------------+------------+--------------------+
 |Proxmox Backup Version | Debian Version     | First Release | Debian EOL | Proxmox Backup EOL |
 +=======================+====================+===============+============+====================+
-|Proxmox Backup 1.x     | Debian 10 (Buster) | tba           | tba        | tba                |
+|Proxmox Backup 1.x     | Debian 10 (Buster) | 2020-11       | tba        | tba                |
 +-----------------------+--------------------+---------------+------------+--------------------+
 
 
 Can I copy or synchronize my datastore to another location?
 -----------------------------------------------------------
 
-Proxmox Backup Server allows you to copy or synchroize datastores to other
+Proxmox Backup Server allows you to copy or synchronize datastores to other
 locations, through the use of *Remotes* and *Sync Jobs*. *Remote* is the term
 given to a separate server, which has a datastore that can be synced to a local store.
 A *Sync Job* is the process which is used to pull the contents of a datastore from

docs/gui.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+Graphical User Interface
+========================
+
+Proxmox Backup Server offers an integrated, web-based interface to manage the
+server. This means that you can carry out all administration tasks through your
+web browser, and that you don't have to worry about installing extra management
+tools. The web interface also provides a built-in console, so if you prefer the
+command line or need some extra control, you have this option.
+
+The web interface can be accessed via https://youripaddress:8007. The default
+login is `root`, and the password is the one specified during the installation
+process.
+
+
+Features
+--------
+
+* Simple management interface for Proxmox Backup Server
+* Monitoring of tasks, logs and resource usage
+* Management of users, permissions, datastores, etc.
+* Secure HTML5 console
+* Support for multiple authentication sources
+* Support for multiple languages
+* Based on ExtJS 6.x JavaScript framework
+
+
+Login
+-----
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-login-window.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: PBS login window
+
+When you connect to the web interface, you will first see the login window.
+Proxmox Backup Server supports various languages and authentication back ends
+(*Realms*), both of which can be selected here.
+
+.. note:: For convenience, you can save the username on the client side, by
+  selecting the "Save User name" checkbox at the bottom of the window.
+
+
+GUI Overview
+------------
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-dashboard.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: PBS GUI Dashboard
+
+The Proxmox Backup Server web interface consists of 3 main sections:
+
+* **Header**: At the top. This shows version information, and contains buttons to view
+  documentation, monitor running tasks, set the language and logout.
+* **Sidebar**: On the left. This contains the configuration options for
+  the server.
+* **Configuration Panel**: In the center. This contains the control interface for the
+  configuration options in the *Sidebar*.
+
+
+Sidebar
+-------
+
+In the sidebar, on the left side of the page, you can see various items relating
+to specific management activities.
+
+
+Dashboard
+^^^^^^^^^
+
+The Dashboard shows a summary of activity and resource usage on the server.
+Specifically, this displays hardware usage, a summary of
+previous and currently running tasks, and subscription information.
+
+
+Configuration
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The Configuration section contains some system configuration options, such as
+time and network configuration. It also contains the following subsections:
+
+* **Access Control**: Add and manage users, API tokens, and the permissions
+  associated with these items
+* **Remotes**: Add, edit and remove remotes (see :term:`Remote`)
+* **Subscription**: Upload a subscription key, view subscription status and
+  access a text-based system report.
+
+
+Administration
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-administration-serverstatus.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Administration: Server Status overview
+
+The Administration section contains a top panel, with further administration
+tasks and information. These are:
+
+* **ServerStatus**: Provides access to the console, power options, and various
+  resource usage statistics
+* **Services**: Manage and monitor system services
+* **Updates**: An interface for upgrading packages
+* **Syslog**: View log messages from the server
+* **Tasks**: Task history with multiple filter options
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-disks.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Administration: Disks
+
+The administration menu item also contains a disk management subsection:
+
+* **Disks**: View information on available disks
+
+  * **Directory**: Create and view information on *ext4* and *xfs* disks
+  * **ZFS**: Create and view information on *ZFS* disks 
+
+
+Datastore
+^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-datastore-summary.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Datastore Configuration
+
+The Datastore section contains interfaces for creating and managing
+datastores. It contains a button to create a new datastore on the server, as
+well as a subsection for each datastore on the system, in which you can use the
+top panel to view:
+
+* **Summary**: Access a range of datastore usage statistics
+* **Content**: Information on the datastore's backup groups and their respective
+  contents
+* **Prune & GC**: Schedule :ref:`pruning <backup-pruning>` and :ref:`garbage
+  collection <garbage-collection>` operations, and run garbage collection
+  manually
+* **Sync Jobs**: Create, manage and run :ref:`syncjobs` from remote servers
+* **Verify Jobs**: Create, manage and run :ref:`maintenance_verification` jobs on the
+  datastore

docs/index.rst

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 
 Welcome to the Proxmox Backup documentation!
 ============================================
-
-Copyright (C) 2019-2020 Proxmox Server Solutions GmbH
+| Copyright (C) 2019-2020 Proxmox Server Solutions GmbH
+| Version |version| -- |today|
 
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the
 terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version
@@ -22,7 +22,16 @@ in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
 
    introduction.rst
    installation.rst
-   administration-guide.rst
+   terminology.rst
+   gui.rst
+   storage.rst
+   network-management.rst
+   user-management.rst
+   managing-remotes.rst
+   maintenance.rst
+   backup-client.rst
+   pve-integration.rst
+   pxar-tool.rst
    sysadmin.rst
    faq.rst
 
@@ -45,9 +54,10 @@ in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
 
     .. toctree::
        :maxdepth: 2
+       :hidden:
        :caption: Developer Appendix
 
        todos.rst
 
 
-* :ref:`genindex`
+.. # * :ref:`genindex`

docs/installation.rst

@@ -5,9 +5,11 @@ Installation
 can either be installed with a graphical installer or on top of
 Debian_ from the provided package repository.
 
+.. include:: system-requirements.rst
+
 .. include:: package-repositories.rst
 
-Server installation
+Server Installation
 -------------------
 
 The backup server stores the actual backed up data and provides a web based GUI
@@ -35,22 +37,21 @@ Download the ISO from |DOWNLOADS|.
 It includes the following:
 
 * The `Proxmox Backup`_ server installer, which partitions the local
-  disk(s) with ext4, ext3, xfs or ZFS, and installs the operating
-  system
+  disk(s) with ext4, xfs or ZFS, and installs the operating system
 
 * Complete operating system (Debian Linux, 64-bit)
 
-* Our Linux kernel with ZFS support
+* Proxmox Linux kernel with ZFS support
 
 * Complete tool-set to administer backups and all necessary resources
 
-* Web based GUI management interface
+* Web based management interface
 
 .. note:: During the installation process, the complete server
    is used by default and all existing data is removed.
 
 
-Install `Proxmox Backup`_ server on Debian
+Install `Proxmox Backup`_ Server on Debian
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 Proxmox ships as a set of Debian packages which can be installed on top of a
@@ -82,11 +83,11 @@ support, and a set of common and useful packages.
   when LVM_ or ZFS_ is used. The network configuration is completely up to you
   as well.
 
-.. note:: You can access the webinterface of the Proxmox Backup Server with
-  your web browser, using HTTPS on port 8007. For example at
- ``https://<ip-or-dns-name>:8007``
+.. Note:: You can access the web interface of the Proxmox Backup Server with
+   your web browser, using HTTPS on port 8007. For example at
+   ``https://<ip-or-dns-name>:8007``
 
-Install Proxmox Backup server on `Proxmox VE`_
+Install Proxmox Backup Server on `Proxmox VE`_
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 After configuring the
@@ -102,14 +103,14 @@ After configuring the
    server to store backups. Should the hypervisor server fail, you can
    still access the backups.
 
-.. note::
-  You can access the webinterface of the Proxmox Backup Server with your web
-  browser, using HTTPS on port 8007. For example at ``https://<ip-or-dns-name>:8007``
+.. Note:: You can access the web interface of the Proxmox Backup Server with
+   your web browser, using HTTPS on port 8007. For example at
+   ``https://<ip-or-dns-name>:8007``
 
-Client installation
+Client Installation
 -------------------
 
-Install `Proxmox Backup`_ client on Debian
+Install `Proxmox Backup`_ Client on Debian
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 Proxmox ships as a set of Debian packages to be installed on

docs/introduction.rst

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 Introduction
 ============
 
-What is Proxmox Backup Server
------------------------------
+What is Proxmox Backup Server?
+------------------------------
 
 Proxmox Backup Server is an enterprise-class, client-server backup software
 package that backs up :term:`virtual machine`\ s, :term:`container`\ s, and
@@ -10,12 +10,14 @@ physical hosts. It is specially optimized for the `Proxmox Virtual Environment`_
 platform and allows you to back up your data securely, even between remote
 sites, providing easy management with a web-based user interface.
 
-Proxmox Backup Server supports deduplication, compression, and authenticated
+It supports deduplication, compression, and authenticated
 encryption (AE_). Using :term:`Rust` as the implementation language guarantees high
 performance, low resource usage, and a safe, high-quality codebase.
 
-It features strong client-side encryption. Thus, it's possible to
-backup data to targets that are not fully trusted.
+Proxmox Backup uses state of the art cryptography for client communication and
+backup content :ref:`encryption <encryption>`. Encryption is done on the
+client side, making it safer to back up data to targets that are not fully
+trusted.
 
 
 Architecture
@@ -104,7 +106,7 @@ Software Stack
 
 Proxmox Backup Server consists of multiple components:
 
-* A server-daemon providing, among other things, a RESTfull API, super-fast
+* A server-daemon providing, among other things, a RESTful API, super-fast
   asynchronous tasks, lightweight usage statistic collection, scheduling
   events, strict separation of privileged and unprivileged execution
   environments
@@ -125,7 +127,7 @@ language.
 
  -- `The Rust Programming Language <https://doc.rust-lang.org/book/ch00-00-introduction.html>`_
 
-.. todo:: further explain the software stack
+.. _get_help:
 
 Getting Help
 ------------
@@ -178,5 +180,28 @@ along with this program.  If not, see AGPL3_.
 History
 -------
 
-.. todo:: Add development History of the product
+Backup is, and always has been, a central aspect of IT administration.
+The need to recover from data loss is fundamental and only increases with
+virtualization.
 
+For this reason, we've been shipping a backup tool with Proxmox VE, from the
+beginning. This tool is called ``vzdump`` and is able to make
+consistent snapshots of running LXC containers and KVM virtual
+machines.
+
+However, ``vzdump`` only allows for full backups. While this is fine
+for small backups, it becomes a burden for users with large VMs. Both
+backup duration and storage usage are too high for this case, especially
+for users who want to keep many backups of the same VMs. To solve these
+problems, we needed to offer deduplication and incremental backups.
+
+Back in October 2018, development started. We investigated
+several technologies and frameworks and finally decided to use
+:term:`Rust` as the implementation language, in order to provide high speed and
+memory efficiency. The 2018-edition of Rust seemed promising for our
+requirements.
+
+In July 2020, we released the first beta version of Proxmox Backup
+Server, followed by the first stable version in November 2020. With support for
+incremental, fully deduplicated backups, Proxmox Backup significantly reduces
+network load and saves valuable storage space.

docs/local-zfs.rst

@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ and you can install it using `apt-get`:
   # apt-get install zfs-zed
 
 To activate the daemon it is necessary to edit `/etc/zfs/zed.d/zed.rc` with your
-favourite editor, and uncomment the `ZED_EMAIL_ADDR` setting:
+favorite editor, and uncomment the `ZED_EMAIL_ADDR` setting:
 
 .. code-block:: console
 
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ to an external Storage.
 
 We strongly recommend to use enough memory, so that you normally do not
 run into low memory situations. Should you need or want to add swap, it is
-preferred to create a partition on a physical disk and use it as swapdevice.
+preferred to create a partition on a physical disk and use it as swap device.
 You can leave some space free for this purpose in the advanced options of the
 installer. Additionally, you can lower the `swappiness` value. 
 A good value for servers is 10:
@@ -312,6 +312,8 @@ You can disable compression at any time with:
 
 Only new blocks will be affected by this change.
 
+.. _local_zfs_special_device:
+
 ZFS Special Device
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
 

docs/maintenance.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+Maintenance Tasks
+=================
+
+.. _maintenance_pruning:
+
+Pruning
+-------
+
+Prune lets you specify which backup snapshots you want to keep. The
+following retention options are available:
+
+``keep-last <N>``
+  Keep the last ``<N>`` backup snapshots.
+
+``keep-hourly <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` hours. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single hour, only the latest is kept.
+
+``keep-daily <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` days. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single day, only the latest is kept.
+
+``keep-weekly <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` weeks. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single week, only the latest is kept.
+
+  .. note:: Weeks start on Monday and end on Sunday. The software
+     uses the `ISO week date`_ system and handles weeks at
+     the end of the year correctly.
+
+``keep-monthly <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` months. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single month, only the latest is kept.
+
+``keep-yearly <N>``
+  Keep backups for the last ``<N>`` years. If there is more than one
+  backup for a single year, only the latest is kept.
+
+The retention options are processed in the order given above. Each option
+only covers backups within its time period. The next option does not take care
+of already covered backups. It will only consider older backups.
+
+Unfinished and incomplete backups will be removed by the prune command unless
+they are newer than the last successful backup. In this case, the last failed
+backup is retained.
+
+Prune Simulator
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+You can use the built-in `prune simulator <prune-simulator/index.html>`_
+to explore the effect of different retetion options with various backup
+schedules.
+
+Manual Pruning
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-datastore-content-prune-group.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-gui-datastore-content-prune-group.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Prune and garbage collection options
+
+To access pruning functionality for a specific backup group, you can use the
+prune command line option discussed in :ref:`backup-pruning`, or navigate to
+the **Content** tab of the datastore and click the scissors icon in the
+**Actions** column of the relevant backup group.
+
+Prune Schedules
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+To prune on a datastore level, scheduling options can be found under the
+**Prune & GC** tab of the datastore. Here you can set retention settings and
+edit the interval at which pruning takes place.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-datastore-prunegc.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-gui-datastore-prunegc.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Prune and garbage collection options
+
+
+Retention Settings Example
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The backup frequency and retention of old backups may depend on how often data
+changes, and how important an older state may be, in a specific work load.
+When backups act as a company's document archive, there may also be legal
+requirements for how long backup snapshots must be kept.
+
+For this example, we assume that you are doing daily backups, have a retention
+period of 10 years, and the period between backups stored gradually grows.
+
+- **keep-last:** ``3`` - even if only daily backups, an admin may want to create
+  an extra one just before or after a big upgrade. Setting keep-last ensures
+  this.
+
+- **keep-hourly:** not set - for daily backups this is not relevant. You cover
+  extra manual backups already, with keep-last.
+
+- **keep-daily:** ``13`` - together with keep-last, which covers at least one
+  day, this ensures that you have at least two weeks of backups.
+
+- **keep-weekly:** ``8`` - ensures that you have at least two full months of
+  weekly backups.
+
+- **keep-monthly:** ``11`` - together with the previous keep settings, this
+  ensures that you have at least a year of monthly backups.
+
+- **keep-yearly:** ``9`` - this is for the long term archive. As you covered the
+  current year with the previous options, you would set this to nine for the
+  remaining ones, giving you a total of at least 10 years of coverage.
+
+We recommend that you use a higher retention period than is minimally required
+by your environment; you can always reduce it if you find it is unnecessarily
+high, but you cannot recreate backup snapshots from the past.
+
+
+.. _maintenance_gc:
+
+Garbage Collection
+------------------
+
+You can monitor and run :ref:`garbage collection <garbage-collection>` on the
+Proxmox Backup Server using the ``garbage-collection`` subcommand of
+``proxmox-backup-manager``. You can use the ``start`` subcommand to manually
+start garbage collection on an entire datastore and the ``status`` subcommand to
+see attributes relating to the :ref:`garbage collection <garbage-collection>`.
+
+This functionality can also be accessed in the GUI, by navigating to **Prune &
+GC** from the top panel. From here, you can edit the schedule at which garbage
+collection runs and manually start the operation.
+
+
+.. _maintenance_verification:
+
+Verification
+------------
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-datastore-verifyjob-add.png
+  :target: _images/pbs-gui-datastore-verifyjob-add.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Adding a verify job
+
+Proxmox Backup offers various verification options to ensure that backup data is
+intact.  Verification is generally carried out through the creation of verify
+jobs. These are scheduled tasks that run verification at a given interval (see
+:ref:`calendar-events`). With these, you can set whether already verified
+snapshots are ignored, as well as set a time period, after which verified jobs
+are checked again. The interface for creating verify jobs can be found under the
+**Verify Jobs** tab of the datastore.
+
+.. Note:: It is recommended that you reverify all backups at least monthly, even
+  if a previous verification was successful. This is becuase physical drives
+  are susceptible to damage over time, which can cause an old, working backup
+  to become corrupted in a process known as `bit rot/data degradation
+  <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_degradation>`_. It is good practice to
+  have a regularly recurring (hourly/daily) verification job, which checks new
+  and expired backups, then another weekly/monthly job that will reverify
+  everything. This way, there will be no surprises when it comes to restoring
+  data.
+
+Aside from using verify jobs, you can also run verification manually on entire
+datastores, backup groups, or snapshots. To do this, navigate to the **Content**
+tab of the datastore and either click *Verify All*, or select the *V.* icon from
+the *Actions* column in the table.
+
+.. _maintenance_notification:
+
+Notifications
+-------------
+
+Proxmox Backup Server can send you notification emails about automatically
+scheduled verification, garbage-collection and synchronization tasks results.
+
+By default, notifications are send to the email address configured for the
+`root@pam` user. You can set that user for each datastore.
+
+You can also change the level of notification received per task type, the
+following options are available:
+
+* Always: send a notification for any scheduled task, independent of the
+  outcome
+
+* Errors: send a notification for any scheduled task resulting in an error
+
+* Never: do not send any notification at all

docs/managing-remotes.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+Managing Remotes
+================
+
+.. _backup_remote:
+
+:term:`Remote`
+--------------
+
+A remote refers to a separate Proxmox Backup Server installation and a user on that
+installation, from which you can `sync` datastores to a local datastore with a
+`Sync Job`. You can configure remotes in the web interface, under **Configuration
+-> Remotes**. Alternatively, you can use the ``remote`` subcommand. The
+configuration information for remotes is stored in the file
+``/etc/proxmox-backup/remote.cfg``.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-remote-add.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Add a remote
+
+To add a remote, you need its hostname or IP, a userid and password on the
+remote, and its certificate fingerprint. To get the fingerprint, use the
+``proxmox-backup-manager cert info`` command on the remote, or navigate to
+**Dashboard** in the remote's web interface and select **Show Fingerprint**.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager cert info |grep Fingerprint
+  Fingerprint (sha256): 64:d3:ff:3a:50:38:53:5a:9b:f7:50:...:ab:fe
+
+Using the information specified above, you can add a remote from the **Remotes**
+configuration panel, or by using the command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager remote create pbs2 --host pbs2.mydomain.example --userid sync@pam --password 'SECRET' --fingerprint 64:d3:ff:3a:50:38:53:5a:9b:f7:50:...:ab:fe
+
+Use the ``list``, ``show``, ``update``, ``remove`` subcommands of
+``proxmox-backup-manager remote`` to manage your remotes:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager remote update pbs2 --host pbs2.example
+  # proxmox-backup-manager remote list
+  ┌──────┬──────────────┬──────────┬───────────────────────────────────────────┬─────────┐
+  │ name │ host         │ userid   │ fingerprint                               │ comment │
+  ╞══════╪══════════════╪══════════╪═══════════════════════════════════════════╪═════════╡
+  │ pbs2 │ pbs2.example │ sync@pam │64:d3:ff:3a:50:38:53:5a:9b:f7:50:...:ab:fe │         │
+  └──────┴──────────────┴──────────┴───────────────────────────────────────────┴─────────┘
+  # proxmox-backup-manager remote remove pbs2
+
+
+.. _syncjobs:
+
+Sync Jobs
+---------
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-syncjob-add.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Add a Sync Job
+
+Sync jobs are configured to pull the contents of a datastore on a **Remote** to
+a local datastore. You can manage sync jobs in the web interface, from the
+**Sync Jobs** tab of the datastore which you'd like to set one up for, or using
+the ``proxmox-backup-manager sync-job`` command.  The configuration information
+for sync jobs is stored at ``/etc/proxmox-backup/sync.cfg``. To create a new
+sync job, click the add button in the GUI, or use the ``create`` subcommand.
+After creating a sync job, you can either start it manually from the GUI or
+provide it with a schedule (see :ref:`calendar-events`) to run regularly.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager sync-job create pbs2-local --remote pbs2 --remote-store local --store local --schedule 'Wed 02:30'
+  # proxmox-backup-manager sync-job update pbs2-local --comment 'offsite'
+  # proxmox-backup-manager sync-job list
+  ┌────────────┬───────┬────────┬──────────────┬───────────┬─────────┐
+  │ id         │ store │ remote │ remote-store │ schedule  │ comment │
+  ╞════════════╪═══════╪════════╪══════════════╪═══════════╪═════════╡
+  │ pbs2-local │ local │ pbs2   │ local        │ Wed 02:30 │ offsite │
+  └────────────┴───────┴────────┴──────────────┴───────────┴─────────┘
+  # proxmox-backup-manager sync-job remove pbs2-local
+
+For setting up sync jobs, the configuring user needs the following permissions:
+
+#. ``Remote.Read`` on the ``/remote/{remote}/{remote-store}`` path
+#. at least ``Datastore.Backup`` on the local target datastore (``/datastore/{store}``)
+
+If the ``remove-vanished`` option is set, ``Datastore.Prune`` is required on
+the local datastore as well. If the ``owner`` option is not set (defaulting to
+``root@pam``) or set to something other than the configuring user,
+``Datastore.Modify`` is required as well.
+
+.. note:: A sync job can only sync backup groups that the configured remote's
+  user/API token can read. If a remote is configured with a user/API token that
+  only has ``Datastore.Backup`` privileges, only the limited set of accessible
+  snapshots owned by that user/API token can be synced.

docs/network-management.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.. _sysadmin_network_configuration:
+
+Network Management
+==================
+
+Proxmox Backup Server provides both a web interface and a command line tool for
+network configuration. You can find the configuration options in the web
+interface under the **Network Interfaces** section of the **Configuration** menu
+tree item. The command line tool is accessed via the ``network`` subcommand.
+These interfaces allow you to carry out some basic network management tasks,
+such as adding, configuring, and removing network interfaces.
+
+.. note:: Any changes made to the network configuration are not
+  applied, until you click on **Apply Configuration** or enter the ``network
+  reload`` command. This allows you to make many changes at once. It also allows
+  you to ensure that your changes are correct before applying them, as making a
+  mistake here can render the server inaccessible over the network.
+
+To get a list of available interfaces, use the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager network list
+  ┌───────┬────────┬───────────┬────────┬─────────────┬──────────────┬──────────────┐
+  │ name  │ type   │ autostart │ method │ address     │ gateway      │ ports/slaves │
+  ╞═══════╪════════╪═══════════╪════════╪═════════════╪══════════════╪══════════════╡
+  │ bond0 │ bond   │         1 │ static │ x.x.x.x/x   │ x.x.x.x      │ ens18 ens19  │
+  ├───────┼────────┼───────────┼────────┼─────────────┼──────────────┼──────────────┤
+  │ ens18 │ eth    │         1 │ manual │             │              │              │
+  ├───────┼────────┼───────────┼────────┼─────────────┼──────────────┼──────────────┤
+  │ ens19 │ eth    │         1 │ manual │             │              │              │
+  └───────┴────────┴───────────┴────────┴─────────────┴──────────────┴──────────────┘
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-network-create-bond.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Add a network interface
+
+To add a new network interface, use the ``create`` subcommand with the relevant
+parameters. For example, you may want to set up a bond, for the purpose of
+network redundancy. The following command shows a template for creating the bond shown
+in the list above:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager network create bond0 --type bond --bond_mode active-backup --slaves ens18,ens19 --autostart true --cidr x.x.x.x/x --gateway x.x.x.x
+
+You can make changes to the configuration of a network interface with the
+``update`` subcommand:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager network update bond0 --cidr y.y.y.y/y
+
+You can also remove a network interface:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # proxmox-backup-manager network remove bond0
+
+The pending changes for the network configuration file will appear at the bottom of the
+web interface. You can also view these changes, by using the command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager network changes
+
+If you would like to cancel all changes at this point, you can either click on
+the **Revert** button or use the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager network revert
+
+If you are happy with the changes and would like to write them into the
+configuration file, select **Apply Configuration**. The corresponding command
+is:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager network reload
+
+.. note:: This command and corresponding GUI button rely on the ``ifreload``
+  command, from the package ``ifupdown2``. This package is included within the
+  Proxmox Backup Server installation, however, you may have to install it yourself,
+  if you have installed Proxmox Backup Server on top of Debian or Proxmox VE.
+
+You can also configure DNS settings, from the **DNS** section
+of **Configuration** or by using the ``dns`` subcommand of
+``proxmox-backup-manager``.
+

docs/package-repositories.rst

@@ -26,11 +26,8 @@ update``.
 
 .. FIXME for 7.0: change security update suite to bullseye-security
 
-In addition, you need a package repository from Proxmox to get Proxmox Backup updates.
-
-During the Proxmox Backup beta phase, only one repository (pbstest) will be
-available. Once released, an Enterprise repository for production use and a
-no-subscription repository will be provided.
+In addition, you need a package repository from Proxmox to get Proxmox Backup
+updates.
 
 SecureApt
 ~~~~~~~~~
@@ -72,68 +69,63 @@ Here, the output should be:
 
  f3f6c5a3a67baf38ad178e5ff1ee270c /etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/proxmox-ve-release-6.x.gpg
 
-.. comment
-    `Proxmox Backup`_ Enterprise Repository
-    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+`Proxmox Backup`_ Enterprise Repository
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-    This will be the default, stable, and recommended repository. It is available for
-    all `Proxmox Backup`_ subscription users. It contains the most stable packages,
-    and is suitable for production use. The ``pbs-enterprise`` repository is
-    enabled by default:
+This will be the default, stable, and recommended repository. It is available for
+all `Proxmox Backup`_ subscription users. It contains the most stable packages,
+and is suitable for production use. The ``pbs-enterprise`` repository is
+enabled by default:
 
-    .. note:: During the Proxmox Backup beta phase only one repository (pbstest)
-     will be available.
+.. code-block:: sources.list
+  :caption: File: ``/etc/apt/sources.list.d/pbs-enterprise.list``
 
-    .. code-block:: sources.list
-      :caption: File: ``/etc/apt/sources.list.d/pbs-enterprise.list``
-
-      deb https://enterprise.proxmox.com/debian/pbs buster pbs-enterprise
+  deb https://enterprise.proxmox.com/debian/pbs buster pbs-enterprise
 
 
-    To never miss important security fixes, the superuser (``root@pam`` user) is
-    notified via email about new packages as soon as they are available. The
-    change-log and details of each package can be viewed in the GUI (if available).
+To never miss important security fixes, the superuser (``root@pam`` user) is
+notified via email about new packages as soon as they are available. The
+change-log and details of each package can be viewed in the GUI (if available).
 
-    Please note that you need a valid subscription key to access this
-    repository. More information regarding subscription levels and pricing can be
-    found at https://www.proxmox.com/en/proxmox-backup/pricing.
+Please note that you need a valid subscription key to access this
+repository. More information regarding subscription levels and pricing can be
+found at https://www.proxmox.com/en/proxmox-backup-server/pricing
 
-    .. note:: You can disable this repository by commenting out the above
-      line using a `#` (at the start of the line). This prevents error
-      messages if you do not have a subscription key. Please configure the
-      ``pbs-no-subscription`` repository in that case.
+.. note:: You can disable this repository by commenting out the above line
+ using a `#` (at the start of the line). This prevents error messages if you do
+ not have a subscription key. Please configure the ``pbs-no-subscription``
+ repository in that case.
 
 
-    `Proxmox Backup`_ No-Subscription Repository
-    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+`Proxmox Backup`_ No-Subscription Repository
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-    As the name suggests, you do not need a subscription key to access
-    this repository. It can be used for testing and non-production
-    use. It is not recommended to use it on production servers, because these
-    packages are not always heavily tested and validated.
+As the name suggests, you do not need a subscription key to access
+this repository. It can be used for testing and non-production
+use. It is not recommended to use it on production servers, because these
+packages are not always heavily tested and validated.
 
-    We recommend to configure this repository in ``/etc/apt/sources.list``.
+We recommend to configure this repository in ``/etc/apt/sources.list``.
 
-    .. code-block:: sources.list
-      :caption: File: ``/etc/apt/sources.list``
+.. code-block:: sources.list
+  :caption: File: ``/etc/apt/sources.list``
 
-      deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian buster main contrib
-      deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian buster-updates main contrib
+  deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian buster main contrib
+  deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian buster-updates main contrib
 
-      # PBS pbs-no-subscription repository provided by proxmox.com,
-      # NOT recommended for production use
-      deb http://download.proxmox.com/debian/pbs buster pbs-no-subscription
+  # PBS pbs-no-subscription repository provided by proxmox.com,
+  # NOT recommended for production use
+  deb http://download.proxmox.com/debian/pbs buster pbs-no-subscription
 
-      # security updates
-      deb http://security.debian.org/debian-security buster/updates main contrib
+  # security updates
+  deb http://security.debian.org/debian-security buster/updates main contrib
 
 
-`Proxmox Backup`_ Beta Repository
+`Proxmox Backup`_ Test Repository
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-During the public beta, there is a repository called ``pbstest``. This one
-contains the latest packages and is heavily used by developers to test new
-features.
+This repository contains the latest packages and is heavily used by developers
+to test new features.
 
 .. .. warning:: the ``pbstest`` repository should (as the name implies)
   only be used to test new features or bug fixes.
@@ -145,7 +137,3 @@ You can access this repository by adding the following line to
   :caption: sources.list entry for ``pbstest``
 
   deb http://download.proxmox.com/debian/pbs buster pbstest
-
-If you installed Proxmox Backup Server from the official beta ISO, you should
-have this repository already configured in
-``/etc/apt/sources.list.d/pbstest-beta.list``

docs/prune-simulator/documentation.html

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+<style>
+    /* similar to sphinx alabaster theme ones */
+    body {
+        max-width: 90ch;
+        margin-left: 2ch;
+        margin-right: 2ch;
+        line-height: 1.4em;
+        /* avoid the very high contrast of black on white, tone it down a bit */
+        color: #3E4349;
+        hyphens: auto;
+        text-align: left;
+        font-family: 'Open Sans', sans-serif;
+        font-size: 17px;
+    }
+    h1, h2, h3 {
+        font-family: Lato, sans-serif;
+        font-size: 150%;
+        line-height:1.2
+    }
+    tt, code {
+        background-color: #ecf0f3;
+        color: #222;
+    }
+    pre, tt, code {
+        font-family: 'Consolas', 'Menlo', 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', monospace;
+        font-size: 0.9em;
+    }
+    div.note {
+        background-color: #EEE;
+        border: 1px solid #CCC;
+        margin: 10px 0;
+        padding: 0px 20px;
+    }
+    p.note-title {
+        font-weight: bolder;
+        padding: 0;
+        margin: 10px 0 0 0;
+    }
+    div.note > p.last {
+        margin: 5px 0 10px 0;
+    }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<p>A simulator to experiment with different backup schedules and prune
+options.</p>
+
+<h3>Schedule</h3>
+<p>Select weekdays with the combobox and input hour and minute
+specification separated by a colon, i.e. <code>HOUR:MINUTE</code>. Each of
+<code>HOUR</code> and <code>MINUTE</code> can be either a single value or
+one of the following:</p>
+<ul class="simple">
+<li>a comma-separated list: e.g., <code>01,02,03</code></li>
+<li>a range: e.g., <code>01..10</code></li>
+<li>a repetition: e.g, <code>05/10</code> (means starting at <code>5</code> every <code>10</code>)</li>
+<li>a combination of the above: e.g., <code>01,05..10,12/02</code></li>
+<li>a <code>*</code> for every possible value</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Pruning</h3>
+<p>Prune lets you systematically delete older backups, retaining backups for
+the last given number of time intervals. The following retention options are
+available:</p>
+<dl class="docutils">
+<dt><code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">keep-last</span> <span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code></dt>
+<dd>Keep the last <code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code> backup snapshots.</dd>
+<dt><code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">keep-hourly</span> <span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code></dt>
+<dd>Keep backups for the last <code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code> hours. If there is more than one
+backup for a single hour, only the latest is kept.</dd>
+<dt><code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">keep-daily</span> <span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code></dt>
+<dd>Keep backups for the last <code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code> days. If there is more than one
+backup for a single day, only the latest is kept.</dd>
+<dt><code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">keep-weekly</span> <span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code></dt>
+<dd>Keep backups for the last <code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code> weeks. If there is more than one
+backup for a single week, only the latest is kept.
+<div class="last admonition note">
+<p class="note-title">Note:</p>
+<p class="last">Weeks start on Monday and end on Sunday. The software
+uses the <a class="reference external" href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_week_date">ISO week date</a> system and handles weeks at
+the end of the year correctly.</p>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt><code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">keep-monthly</span> <span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code></dt>
+<dd>Keep backups for the last <code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code> months. If there is more than one
+backup for a single month, only the latest is kept.</dd>
+<dt><code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">keep-yearly</span> <span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code></dt>
+<dd>Keep backups for the last <code class="docutils literal notranslate"><span class="pre">&lt;N&gt;</span></code> years. If there is more than one
+backup for a single year, only the latest is kept.</dd>
+</dl>
+<p>The retention options are processed in the order given above. Each option
+only covers backups within its time period. The next option does not take care
+of already covered backups. It will only consider older backups.</p>
+<p>For example, in a week covered by <code>keep-weekly</code>, one backup is
+kept while all others are removed; <code>keep-monthly</code> then does not
+consider backups from that week anymore, even if part of the week is part of
+an earlier month.</p>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/prune-simulator/index.html

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1, maximum-scale=1, user-scalable=no">
+    <title>PBS Prune Simulator</title>
+
+    <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="extjs/theme-crisp/resources/theme-crisp-all.css">
+    <style>
+        .cal {
+            margin: 5px;
+        }
+        .cal-day {
+            vertical-align: top;
+            width: 150px;
+            height: 75px; /* this is like min-height when used in tables */
+            border: #939393 1px solid;
+            color: #454545;
+        }
+        .cal-day-date {
+            border-bottom: #444 1px solid;
+            color: #000;
+        }
+        .strikethrough {
+            text-decoration: line-through;
+        }
+        .black {
+            color: #000;
+        }
+        .sun {
+            background-color: #ededed;
+        }
+        .first-of-month {
+            border-right: dashed black 4px;
+        }
+        .clear-trigger {
+            background-image: url(./clear-trigger.png);
+        }
+    </style>
+
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="extjs/ext-all.js"></script>
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="prune-simulator.js"></script>
+</head>
+<body></body>
+</html>

docs/prune-simulator/prune-simulator.js

@@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
+// FIXME: HACK! Makes scrolling in number spinner work again. fixed in ExtJS >= 6.1
+if (Ext.isFirefox) {
+    Ext.$eventNameMap.DOMMouseScroll = 'DOMMouseScroll';
+}
+
+Ext.onReady(function() {
+    const NOW = new Date();
+    const COLORS = {
+	'keep-last': 'orange',
+	'keep-hourly': 'purple',
+	'keep-daily': 'yellow',
+	'keep-weekly': 'green',
+	'keep-monthly': 'blue',
+	'keep-yearly': 'red',
+	'all zero': 'white',
+    };
+    const TEXT_COLORS = {
+	'keep-last': 'black',
+	'keep-hourly': 'white',
+	'keep-daily': 'black',
+	'keep-weekly': 'white',
+	'keep-monthly': 'white',
+	'keep-yearly': 'white',
+	'all zero': 'black',
+    };
+
+    Ext.define('PBS.prunesimulator.Documentation', {
+	extend: 'Ext.Panel',
+	alias: 'widget.prunesimulatorDocumentation',
+
+	html: '<iframe style="width:100%;height:100%;border:0px;" src="./documentation.html"/>',
+    });
+
+    Ext.define('PBS.prunesimulator.CalendarEvent', {
+	extend: 'Ext.form.field.ComboBox',
+	alias: 'widget.prunesimulatorCalendarEvent',
+
+	editable: true,
+
+	displayField: 'text',
+	valueField: 'value',
+	queryMode: 'local',
+
+	store: {
+	    field: ['value', 'text'],
+	    data: [
+		{ value: '0/2:00', text: "Every two hours" },
+		{ value: '0/6:00', text: "Every six hours" },
+		{ value: '2,22:30', text: "At 02:30 and 22:30" },
+		{ value: '00:00', text: "At 00:00" },
+		{ value: '08..17:00/30', text: "From 08:00 to 17:30 every 30 minutes" },
+		{ value: 'HOUR:MINUTE', text: "Custom schedule" },
+	    ],
+	},
+
+	tpl: [
+	    '<ul class="x-list-plain"><tpl for=".">',
+	    '<li role="option" class="x-boundlist-item">{text}</li>',
+	    '</tpl></ul>',
+	],
+
+	displayTpl: [
+	    '<tpl for=".">',
+	    '{value}',
+	    '</tpl>',
+	],
+    });
+
+    Ext.define('PBS.prunesimulator.DayOfWeekSelector', {
+	extend: 'Ext.form.field.ComboBox',
+	alias: 'widget.prunesimulatorDayOfWeekSelector',
+
+	editable: false,
+
+	displayField: 'text',
+	valueField: 'value',
+	queryMode: 'local',
+
+	store: {
+	    field: ['value', 'text'],
+	    data: [
+		{ value: 'mon', text: Ext.util.Format.htmlDecode(Ext.Date.dayNames[1]) },
+		{ value: 'tue', text: Ext.util.Format.htmlDecode(Ext.Date.dayNames[2]) },
+		{ value: 'wed', text: Ext.util.Format.htmlDecode(Ext.Date.dayNames[3]) },
+		{ value: 'thu', text: Ext.util.Format.htmlDecode(Ext.Date.dayNames[4]) },
+		{ value: 'fri', text: Ext.util.Format.htmlDecode(Ext.Date.dayNames[5]) },
+		{ value: 'sat', text: Ext.util.Format.htmlDecode(Ext.Date.dayNames[6]) },
+		{ value: 'sun', text: Ext.util.Format.htmlDecode(Ext.Date.dayNames[0]) },
+	    ],
+	},
+    });
+
+    Ext.define('pbs-prune-list', {
+	extend: 'Ext.data.Model',
+	fields: [
+	    {
+		name: 'backuptime',
+		type: 'date',
+		dateFormat: 'timestamp',
+	    },
+	    {
+		name: 'mark',
+		type: 'string',
+	    },
+	    {
+		name: 'keepName',
+		type: 'string',
+	    },
+	],
+    });
+
+    Ext.define('PBS.prunesimulator.PruneList', {
+	extend: 'Ext.panel.Panel',
+	alias: 'widget.prunesimulatorPruneList',
+
+	initComponent: function() {
+	    let me = this;
+
+	    if (!me.store) {
+		throw "no store specified";
+	    }
+
+	    me.items = [
+		{
+		    xtype: 'grid',
+		    store: me.store,
+		    border: false,
+		    columns: [
+			{
+			    header: 'Backup Time',
+			    dataIndex: 'backuptime',
+			    renderer: function(value, metaData, record) {
+				let text = Ext.Date.format(value, 'Y-m-d H:i:s');
+				if (record.data.mark === 'keep') {
+				    if (me.useColors) {
+					let bgColor = COLORS[record.data.keepName];
+					let textColor = TEXT_COLORS[record.data.keepName];
+					return '<div style="background-color: ' + bgColor + '; ' +
+							    'color: ' + textColor + ';">' + text + '</div>';
+				    } else {
+					return text;
+				    }
+				} else {
+				    return '<div style="text-decoration: line-through;">' + text + '</div>';
+				}
+			    },
+			    flex: 1,
+			    sortable: false,
+			},
+			{
+			    header: 'Keep (reason)',
+			    dataIndex: 'mark',
+			    renderer: function(value, metaData, record) {
+				if (record.data.mark === 'keep') {
+				    if (record.data.keepCount) {
+					return 'keep (' + record.data.keepName +
+					       ': ' + record.data.keepCount + ')';
+				    } else {
+					return 'keep (' + record.data.keepName + ')';
+				    }
+				} else {
+				    return value;
+				}
+			    },
+			    width: 200,
+			    sortable: false,
+			},
+		    ],
+		},
+	    ];
+
+	    me.callParent();
+	},
+    });
+
+    Ext.define('PBS.prunesimulator.WeekTable', {
+	extend: 'Ext.panel.Panel',
+	alias: 'widget.prunesimulatorWeekTable',
+
+	reload: function() {
+	    let me = this;
+	    let backups = me.store.data.items;
+
+	    let html = '<table class="cal">';
+
+	    let now = new Date(NOW.getTime());
+	    let skip = 7 - parseInt(Ext.Date.format(now, 'N'), 10);
+	    let tableStartDate = Ext.Date.add(now, Ext.Date.DAY, skip);
+
+	    let bIndex = 0;
+
+	    for (let i = 0; bIndex < backups.length; i++) {
+		html += '<tr>';
+
+		for (let j = 0; j < 7; j++) {
+		    let date = Ext.Date.subtract(tableStartDate, Ext.Date.DAY, j + 7 * i);
+		    let currentDay = Ext.Date.format(date, 'd/m/Y');
+
+		    let dayOfWeekCls = Ext.Date.format(date, 'D').toLowerCase();
+		    let firstOfMonthCls = Ext.Date.format(date, 'd') === '01'
+		        ? 'first-of-month'
+		        : '';
+		    html += `<td class="cal-day ${dayOfWeekCls} ${firstOfMonthCls}">`;
+
+		    const isBackupOnDay = function(backup, day) {
+			return backup && Ext.Date.format(backup.data.backuptime, 'd/m/Y') === day;
+		    };
+
+		    let backup = backups[bIndex];
+
+		    html += '<table><tr>';
+		    html += `<th class="cal-day-date">${Ext.Date.format(date, 'D, d M Y')}</th>`;
+
+		    while (isBackupOnDay(backup, currentDay)) {
+			html += '<tr><td>';
+
+			let text = Ext.Date.format(backup.data.backuptime, 'H:i');
+			if (backup.data.mark === 'remove') {
+			    html += `<span class="strikethrough">${text}</span>`;
+			} else {
+			    if (backup.data.keepCount) {
+				text += ` (${backup.data.keepName} ${backup.data.keepCount})`;
+			    } else {
+				text += ` (${backup.data.keepName})`;
+			    }
+			    if (me.useColors) {
+				let bgColor = COLORS[backup.data.keepName];
+				let textColor = TEXT_COLORS[backup.data.keepName];
+				html += `<span style="background-color: ${bgColor};
+				    color: ${textColor};">${text}</span>`;
+			    } else {
+				html += `<span class="black">${text}</span>`;
+			    }
+			}
+			html += '</td></tr>';
+			backup = backups[++bIndex];
+		    }
+		    html += '</table>';
+		    html += '</div>';
+		    html += '</td>';
+		}
+
+		html += '</tr>';
+	    }
+
+	    me.setHtml(html);
+	},
+
+	initComponent: function() {
+	    let me = this;
+
+	    if (!me.store) {
+		throw "no store specified";
+	    }
+
+	    let reload = function() {
+		me.reload();
+	    };
+
+	    me.store.on("datachanged", reload);
+
+	    me.callParent();
+
+	    me.reload();
+	},
+    });
+
+    Ext.define('PBS.PruneSimulatorKeepInput', {
+	extend: 'Ext.form.field.Number',
+	alias: 'widget.prunesimulatorKeepInput',
+
+	allowBlank: true,
+	fieldGroup: 'keep',
+	minValue: 1,
+
+	listeners: {
+	    afterrender: function(field) {
+		this.triggers.clear.setVisible(field.value !== null);
+	    },
+	    change: function(field, newValue, oldValue) {
+		this.triggers.clear.setVisible(newValue !== null);
+	    },
+	},
+	triggers: {
+	    clear: {
+		cls: 'clear-trigger',
+		weight: -1,
+		handler: function() {
+		    this.triggers.clear.setVisible(false);
+		    this.setValue(null);
+		},
+	    },
+	},
+    });
+
+    Ext.define('PBS.PruneSimulatorPanel', {
+	extend: 'Ext.panel.Panel',
+	alias: 'widget.prunesimulatorPanel',
+
+	viewModel: {
+	},
+
+	getValues: function() {
+	    let me = this;
+
+	    let values = {};
+
+	    Ext.Array.each(me.query('[isFormField]'), function(field) {
+		let data = field.getSubmitData();
+		Ext.Object.each(data, function(name, val) {
+		    values[name] = val;
+		});
+	    });
+
+	    return values;
+	},
+
+	controller: {
+	    xclass: 'Ext.app.ViewController',
+
+	    init: function(view) {
+		this.reloadFull(); // initial load
+		this.switchColor(true);
+	    },
+
+	    control: {
+		'field[fieldGroup=keep]': { change: 'reloadPrune' },
+	    },
+
+	    reloadFull: function() {
+		let me = this;
+		let view = me.getView();
+
+		let params = view.getValues();
+
+		let [hourSpec, minuteSpec] = params['schedule-time'].split(':');
+
+		if (!hourSpec || !minuteSpec) {
+		    Ext.Msg.alert('Error', 'Invalid schedule');
+		    return;
+		}
+
+		let matchTimeSpec = function(timeSpec, rangeMin, rangeMax) {
+		    let specValues = timeSpec.split(',');
+		    let matches = {};
+
+		    let assertValid = function(value) {
+			let num = Number(value);
+			if (isNaN(num)) {
+			    throw value + " is not an integer";
+			} else if (value < rangeMin || value > rangeMax) {
+			    throw "number '" + value + "' is not in the range '" + rangeMin + ".." + rangeMax + "'";
+			}
+			return num;
+		    };
+
+		    specValues.forEach(function(value) {
+			if (value.includes('..')) {
+			    let [start, end] = value.split('..');
+			    start = assertValid(start);
+			    end = assertValid(end);
+			    if (start > end) {
+				throw "interval start is bigger then interval end '" + start + " > " + end + "'";
+			    }
+			    for (let i = start; i <= end; i++) {
+				matches[i] = 1;
+			    }
+			} else if (value.includes('/')) {
+			    let [start, step] = value.split('/');
+			    start = assertValid(start);
+			    step = assertValid(step);
+			    for (let i = start; i <= rangeMax; i += step) {
+				matches[i] = 1;
+			    }
+			} else if (value === '*') {
+			    for (let i = rangeMin; i <= rangeMax; i++) {
+				matches[i] = 1;
+			    }
+			} else {
+			    value = assertValid(value);
+			    matches[value] = 1;
+			}
+		    });
+
+		    return Object.keys(matches);
+		};
+
+		let hours, minutes;
+
+		try {
+		    hours = matchTimeSpec(hourSpec, 0, 23);
+		    minutes = matchTimeSpec(minuteSpec, 0, 59);
+		} catch (err) {
+		    Ext.Msg.alert('Error', err);
+		    return;
+		}
+
+		let backups = me.populateFromSchedule(
+		    params['schedule-weekdays'],
+		    hours,
+		    minutes,
+		    params.numberOfWeeks,
+		);
+
+		me.pruneSelect(backups, params);
+
+		view.pruneStore.setData(backups);
+	    },
+
+	    reloadPrune: function() {
+		let me = this;
+		let view = me.getView();
+
+		let params = view.getValues();
+
+		let backups = [];
+		view.pruneStore.getData().items.forEach(function(item) {
+		    backups.push({
+			backuptime: item.data.backuptime,
+		    });
+		});
+
+		me.pruneSelect(backups, params);
+
+		view.pruneStore.setData(backups);
+	    },
+
+	    // backups are sorted descending by date
+	    populateFromSchedule: function(weekdays, hours, minutes, weekCount) {
+		let weekdayFlags = [
+		    weekdays.includes('sun'),
+		    weekdays.includes('mon'),
+		    weekdays.includes('tue'),
+		    weekdays.includes('wed'),
+		    weekdays.includes('thu'),
+		    weekdays.includes('fri'),
+		    weekdays.includes('sat'),
+		];
+
+		let todaysDate = new Date(NOW.getTime());
+
+		let timesOnSingleDay = [];
+
+		hours.forEach(function(hour) {
+		    minutes.forEach(function(minute) {
+			todaysDate.setHours(hour);
+			todaysDate.setMinutes(minute);
+			timesOnSingleDay.push(todaysDate.getTime());
+		    });
+		});
+
+		// ordering here and iterating backwards through days
+		// ensures that everything is ordered
+		timesOnSingleDay.sort(function(a, b) {
+		    return a < b;
+		});
+
+		let backups = [];
+
+		for (let i = 0; i < 7 * weekCount; i++) {
+		    let daysDate = Ext.Date.subtract(todaysDate, Ext.Date.DAY, i);
+		    let weekday = parseInt(Ext.Date.format(daysDate, 'w'), 10);
+		    if (weekdayFlags[weekday]) {
+			timesOnSingleDay.forEach(function(time) {
+			    backups.push({
+				backuptime: Ext.Date.subtract(new Date(time), Ext.Date.DAY, i),
+			    });
+			});
+		    }
+		}
+
+		return backups;
+	    },
+
+	    pruneMark: function(backups, keepCount, keepName, idFunc) {
+		if (!keepCount) {
+		    return;
+		}
+
+		let alreadyIncluded = {};
+		let newlyIncluded = {};
+		let newlyIncludedCount = 0;
+
+		let finished = false;
+
+		backups.forEach(function(backup) {
+		    let mark = backup.mark;
+		    let id = idFunc(backup);
+
+		    if (finished || alreadyIncluded[id]) {
+			return;
+		    }
+
+		    if (mark) {
+			if (mark === 'keep') {
+			    alreadyIncluded[id] = true;
+			}
+			return;
+		    }
+
+		    if (!newlyIncluded[id]) {
+			if (newlyIncludedCount >= keepCount) {
+			    finished = true;
+			    return;
+			}
+			newlyIncluded[id] = true;
+			newlyIncludedCount++;
+			backup.mark = 'keep';
+			backup.keepName = keepName;
+			backup.keepCount = newlyIncludedCount;
+		    } else {
+			backup.mark = 'remove';
+		    }
+		});
+	    },
+
+	    // backups need to be sorted descending by date
+	    pruneSelect: function(backups, keepParams) {
+		let me = this;
+
+		if (Number(keepParams['keep-last']) +
+		    Number(keepParams['keep-hourly']) +
+		    Number(keepParams['keep-daily']) +
+		    Number(keepParams['keep-weekly']) +
+		    Number(keepParams['keep-monthly']) +
+		    Number(keepParams['keep-yearly']) === 0) {
+		    backups.forEach(function(backup) {
+			backup.mark = 'keep';
+			backup.keepName = 'keep-all';
+		    });
+
+		    return;
+		}
+
+		me.pruneMark(backups, keepParams['keep-last'], 'keep-last', function(backup) {
+		    return backup.backuptime;
+		});
+		me.pruneMark(backups, keepParams['keep-hourly'], 'keep-hourly', function(backup) {
+		    return Ext.Date.format(backup.backuptime, 'H/d/m/Y');
+		});
+		me.pruneMark(backups, keepParams['keep-daily'], 'keep-daily', function(backup) {
+		    return Ext.Date.format(backup.backuptime, 'd/m/Y');
+		});
+		me.pruneMark(backups, keepParams['keep-weekly'], 'keep-weekly', function(backup) {
+		    // ISO-8601 week and week-based year
+		    return Ext.Date.format(backup.backuptime, 'W/o');
+		});
+		me.pruneMark(backups, keepParams['keep-monthly'], 'keep-monthly', function(backup) {
+		    return Ext.Date.format(backup.backuptime, 'm/Y');
+		});
+		me.pruneMark(backups, keepParams['keep-yearly'], 'keep-yearly', function(backup) {
+		    return Ext.Date.format(backup.backuptime, 'Y');
+		});
+
+		backups.forEach(function(backup) {
+		    backup.mark = backup.mark || 'remove';
+		});
+	    },
+
+	    toggleColors: function(checkbox, checked) {
+		this.switchColor(checked);
+	    },
+
+	    switchColor: function(useColors) {
+		let me = this;
+		let view = me.getView();
+
+		const getStyle = name =>
+		    `background-color: ${COLORS[name]}; color: ${TEXT_COLORS[name]};`;
+
+		for (const field of view.query('[isFormField]')) {
+		    if (field.fieldGroup !== 'keep') {
+			continue;
+		    }
+		    if (useColors) {
+		    field.setFieldStyle(getStyle(field.name));
+		    } else {
+			field.setFieldStyle('background-color: white; color: #444;');
+		    }
+		}
+
+		me.lookup('weekTable').useColors = useColors;
+		me.lookup('pruneList').useColors = useColors;
+
+		me.reloadPrune();
+	    },
+	},
+
+	keepItems: [
+	    {
+		xtype: 'prunesimulatorKeepInput',
+		name: 'keep-last',
+		fieldLabel: 'keep-last',
+		value: 4,
+	    },
+	    {
+		xtype: 'prunesimulatorKeepInput',
+		name: 'keep-hourly',
+		fieldLabel: 'keep-hourly',
+	    },
+	    {
+		xtype: 'prunesimulatorKeepInput',
+		name: 'keep-daily',
+		fieldLabel: 'keep-daily',
+		value: 5,
+	    },
+	    {
+		xtype: 'prunesimulatorKeepInput',
+		name: 'keep-weekly',
+		fieldLabel: 'keep-weekly',
+		value: 2,
+	    },
+	    {
+		xtype: 'prunesimulatorKeepInput',
+		name: 'keep-monthly',
+		fieldLabel: 'keep-monthly',
+	    },
+	    {
+		xtype: 'prunesimulatorKeepInput',
+		name: 'keep-yearly',
+		fieldLabel: 'keep-yearly',
+	    },
+	],
+
+	initComponent: function() {
+	    var me = this;
+
+	    me.pruneStore = Ext.create('Ext.data.Store', {
+		model: 'pbs-prune-list',
+		sorters: { property: 'backuptime', direction: 'DESC' },
+	    });
+
+	    me.items = [
+		{
+		    xtype: 'panel',
+		    layout: {
+			type: 'hbox',
+			align: 'stretch',
+		    },
+		    border: false,
+		    items: [
+			{
+			    title: 'View',
+			    layout: 'anchor',
+			    flex: 1,
+			    border: false,
+			    bodyPadding: 10,
+			    items: [
+				{
+				    xtype: 'checkbox',
+				    name: 'showCalendar',
+				    reference: 'showCalendar',
+				    fieldLabel: 'Show Calendar:',
+				    checked: true,
+				},
+				{
+				    xtype: 'checkbox',
+				    name: 'showColors',
+				    reference: 'showColors',
+				    fieldLabel: 'Show Colors:',
+				    checked: true,
+				    handler: 'toggleColors',
+				},
+			    ],
+			},
+			{ xtype: "panel", width: 1, border: 1 },
+			{
+			    xtype: 'form',
+			    layout: 'anchor',
+			    flex: 1,
+			    border: false,
+			    title: 'Simulated Backup Schedule',
+			    defaults: {
+				labelWidth: 120,
+			    },
+			    bodyPadding: 10,
+			    items: [
+				{
+				    xtype: 'prunesimulatorDayOfWeekSelector',
+				    name: 'schedule-weekdays',
+				    fieldLabel: 'Day of week',
+				    value: ['mon', 'tue', 'wed', 'thu', 'fri', 'sat', 'sun'],
+				    allowBlank: false,
+				    multiSelect: true,
+				    padding: '0 0 0 10',
+				},
+				{
+				    xtype: 'prunesimulatorCalendarEvent',
+				    name: 'schedule-time',
+				    allowBlank: false,
+				    value: '0/6:00',
+				    fieldLabel: 'Backup schedule',
+				    padding: '0 0 0 10',
+				},
+				{
+				    xtype: 'numberfield',
+				    name: 'numberOfWeeks',
+				    allowBlank: false,
+				    fieldLabel: 'Number of weeks',
+				    minValue: 1,
+				    value: 15,
+				    maxValue: 260, // five years
+				    padding: '0 0 0 10',
+				},
+				{
+				    xtype: 'button',
+				    name: 'schedule-button',
+				    text: 'Update Schedule',
+				    formBind: true,
+				    handler: 'reloadFull',
+				},
+			    ],
+			},
+		    ],
+		},
+		{
+		    xtype: 'panel',
+		    layout: {
+			type: 'hbox',
+			align: 'stretch',
+		    },
+		    flex: 1,
+		    border: false,
+		    items: [
+			{
+			    layout: 'anchor',
+			    title: 'Prune Options',
+			    border: false,
+			    bodyPadding: 10,
+			    scrollable: true,
+			    items: me.keepItems,
+			    flex: 1,
+			},
+			{ xtype: "panel", width: 1, border: 1 },
+			{
+			    layout: 'fit',
+			    title: 'Backups',
+			    border: false,
+			    xtype: 'prunesimulatorPruneList',
+			    store: me.pruneStore,
+			    reference: 'pruneList',
+			    flex: 1,
+			},
+		    ],
+		},
+		{
+		    layout: 'anchor',
+		    title: 'Calendar',
+		    autoScroll: true,
+		    flex: 2,
+		    xtype: 'prunesimulatorWeekTable',
+		    reference: 'weekTable',
+		    store: me.pruneStore,
+		    bind: {
+			hidden: '{!showCalendar.checked}',
+		    },
+		},
+	    ];
+
+	    me.callParent();
+	},
+    });
+
+    Ext.create('Ext.container.Viewport', {
+	layout: 'border',
+	renderTo: Ext.getBody(),
+	items: [
+	    {
+		xtype: 'prunesimulatorPanel',
+		title: 'Proxmox Backup Server - Prune Simulator',
+		region: 'west',
+		layout: {
+		    type: 'vbox',
+		    align: 'stretch',
+		    pack: 'start',
+		},
+		flex: 3,
+		maxWidth: 1090,
+	    },
+	    {
+		xtype: 'prunesimulatorDocumentation',
+		title: 'Usage',
+		border: false,
+		flex: 2,
+		region: 'center',
+	    },
+	],
+    });
+});
+

docs/pve-integration.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.. _pve-integration:
+
+`Proxmox VE`_ Integration
+-------------------------
+
+You need to define a new storage with type 'pbs' on your `Proxmox VE`_
+node. The following example uses ``store2`` as storage name, and
+assumes the server address is ``localhost``, and you want to connect
+as ``user1@pbs``.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # pvesm add pbs store2 --server localhost --datastore store2
+  # pvesm set store2 --username user1@pbs --password <secret>
+
+.. note:: If you would rather not pass your password as plain text, you can pass
+  the ``--password`` parameter, without any arguments. This will cause the
+  program to prompt you for a password upon entering the command.
+
+If your backup server uses a self signed certificate, you need to add
+the certificate fingerprint to the configuration. You can get the
+fingerprint by running the following command on the backup server:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager cert info | grep Fingerprint
+  Fingerprint (sha256): 64:d3:ff:3a:50:38:53:5a:9b:f7:50:...:ab:fe
+
+Please add that fingerprint to your configuration to establish a trust
+relationship:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # pvesm set store2 --fingerprint  64:d3:ff:3a:50:38:53:5a:9b:f7:50:...:ab:fe
+
+After that you should be able to see storage status with:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # pvesm status --storage store2
+  Name             Type     Status           Total            Used       Available        %
+  store2            pbs     active      3905109820      1336687816      2568422004   34.23%
+
+Having added the PBS datastore to `Proxmox VE`_, you can backup VMs and
+containers in the same way you would for any other storage device within the
+environment (see `PVE Admin Guide: Backup and Restore
+<https://pve.proxmox.com/pve-docs/pve-admin-guide.html#chapter_vzdump>`_.
+
+

docs/pxar-tool.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+pxar Command Line Tool
+======================
+
+.. include:: pxar/description.rst
+

docs/pxar/description.rst

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ by running:
 Be aware that the shell itself will try to expand all of the glob patterns before
 invoking ``pxar``.
 In order to avoid this, all globs have to be quoted correctly.
- 
+
 It is possible to pass the ``--exclude`` parameter multiple times, in order to
 match more than one pattern. This allows you to use more complex
 file exclusion/inclusion behavior. However, it is recommended to use

docs/storage.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+Storage
+=======
+
+.. _storage_disk_management:
+
+Disk Management
+---------------
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-disks.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: List of disks
+
+Proxmox Backup Server comes with a set of disk utilities, which are
+accessed using the ``disk`` subcommand. This subcommand allows you to initialize
+disks, create various filesystems, and get information about the disks.
+
+To view the disks connected to the system, navigate to **Administration ->
+Disks** in the web interface or use the ``list`` subcommand of
+``disk``:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager disk list
+  ┌──────┬────────┬─────┬───────────┬─────────────┬───────────────┬─────────┬────────┐
+  │ name │ used   │ gpt │ disk-type │        size │ model         │ wearout │ status │
+  ╞══════╪════════╪═════╪═══════════╪═════════════╪═══════════════╪═════════╪════════╡
+  │ sda  │ lvm    │   1 │ hdd       │ 34359738368 │ QEMU_HARDDISK │       - │ passed │
+  ├──────┼────────┼─────┼───────────┼─────────────┼───────────────┼─────────┼────────┤
+  │ sdb  │ unused │   1 │ hdd       │ 68719476736 │ QEMU_HARDDISK │       - │ passed │
+  ├──────┼────────┼─────┼───────────┼─────────────┼───────────────┼─────────┼────────┤
+  │ sdc  │ unused │   1 │ hdd       │ 68719476736 │ QEMU_HARDDISK │       - │ passed │
+  └──────┴────────┴─────┴───────────┴─────────────┴───────────────┴─────────┴────────┘
+
+To initialize a disk with a new GPT, use the ``initialize`` subcommand:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager disk initialize sdX
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-disks-dir-create.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Create a directory
+
+You can create an ``ext4`` or ``xfs`` filesystem on a disk using ``fs
+create``, or by navigating to **Administration -> Disks -> Directory** in the
+web interface and creating one from there. The following command creates an
+``ext4`` filesystem and passes the ``--add-datastore`` parameter, in order to
+automatically create a datastore on the disk (in this case ``sdd``). This will
+create a datastore at the location ``/mnt/datastore/store1``:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager disk fs create store1 --disk sdd --filesystem ext4 --add-datastore true
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-disks-zfs-create.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Create ZFS
+
+You can also create a ``zpool`` with various raid levels from **Administration
+-> Disks -> Zpool** in the web interface, or by using ``zpool create``. The command
+below creates a mirrored ``zpool`` using two disks (``sdb`` & ``sdc``) and
+mounts it under ``/mnt/datastore/zpool1``:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager disk zpool create zpool1 --devices sdb,sdc --raidlevel mirror
+
+.. note:: You can also pass the ``--add-datastore`` parameter here, to automatically
+  create a datastore from the disk.
+
+You can use ``disk fs list`` and ``disk zpool list`` to keep track of your
+filesystems and zpools respectively.
+
+Proxmox Backup Server uses the package smartmontools. This is a set of tools
+used to monitor and control the S.M.A.R.T. system for local hard disks. If a
+disk supports S.M.A.R.T. capability, and you have this enabled, you can
+display S.M.A.R.T. attributes from the web interface or by using the command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager disk smart-attributes sdX
+
+.. note:: This functionality may also be accessed directly through the use of
+  the ``smartctl`` command, which comes as part of the smartmontools package
+  (see ``man smartctl`` for more details).
+
+
+.. _datastore_intro:
+
+:term:`Datastore`
+-----------------
+
+A datastore refers to a location at which backups are stored. The current
+implementation uses a directory inside a standard Unix file system (``ext4``,
+``xfs`` or ``zfs``) to store the backup data.
+
+Datastores are identified by a simple *ID*. You can configure this
+when setting up the datastore. The configuration information for datastores
+is stored in the file ``/etc/proxmox-backup/datastore.cfg``.
+
+.. note:: The `File Layout`_ requires the file system to support at least *65538*
+   subdirectories per directory. That number comes from the 2\ :sup:`16`
+   pre-created chunk namespace directories, and the ``.`` and ``..`` default
+   directory entries. This requirement excludes certain filesystems and
+   filesystem configuration from being supported for a datastore. For example,
+   ``ext3`` as a whole or ``ext4`` with the ``dir_nlink`` feature manually disabled.
+
+
+Datastore Configuration
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-datastore-content.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Datastore Overview
+
+You can configure multiple datastores. Minimum one datastore needs to be
+configured. The datastore is identified by a simple *name* and points to a
+directory on the filesystem. Each datastore also has associated retention
+settings of how many backup snapshots for each interval of ``hourly``,
+``daily``, ``weekly``, ``monthly``, ``yearly`` as well as a time-independent
+number of backups to keep in that store. :ref:`backup-pruning` and
+:ref:`garbage collection <garbage-collection>` can also be configured to run
+periodically based on a configured schedule (see :ref:`calendar-events`) per datastore.
+
+
+.. _storage_datastore_create:
+
+Creating a Datastore
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-datastore-create-general.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Create a datastore
+
+You can create a new datastore from the web interface, by clicking **Add
+Datastore** in the side menu, under the **Datastore** section. In the setup
+window:
+
+* *Name* refers to the name of the datastore
+* *Backing Path* is the path to the directory upon which you want to create the
+  datastore
+* *GC Schedule* refers to the time and intervals at which garbage collection
+  runs
+* *Prune Schedule* refers to the frequency at which pruning takes place
+* *Prune Options* set the amount of backups which you would like to keep (see
+  :ref:`backup-pruning`).
+* *Comment* can be used to add some contextual information to the datastore.
+
+Alternatively you can create a new datastore from the command line. The
+following command creates a new datastore called ``store1`` on :file:`/backup/disk1/store1`
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore create store1 /backup/disk1/store1
+
+
+Managing Datastores
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+To list existing datastores from the command line run:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore list
+  ┌────────┬──────────────────────┬─────────────────────────────┐
+  │ name   │ path                 │ comment                     │
+  ╞════════╪══════════════════════╪═════════════════════════════╡
+  │ store1 │ /backup/disk1/store1 │ This is my default storage. │
+  └────────┴──────────────────────┴─────────────────────────────┘
+
+You can change the garbage collection and prune settings of a datastore, by
+editing the datastore from the GUI or by using the ``update`` subcommand. For
+example, the below command changes the garbage collection schedule using the
+``update`` subcommand and prints the properties of the datastore with the
+``show`` subcommand:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore update store1 --gc-schedule 'Tue 04:27'
+  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore show store1
+  ┌────────────────┬─────────────────────────────┐
+  │ Name           │ Value                       │
+  ╞════════════════╪═════════════════════════════╡
+  │ name           │ store1                      │
+  ├────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
+  │ path           │ /backup/disk1/store1        │
+  ├────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
+  │ comment        │ This is my default storage. │
+  ├────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
+  │ gc-schedule    │ Tue 04:27                   │
+  ├────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
+  │ keep-last      │ 7                           │
+  ├────────────────┼─────────────────────────────┤
+  │ prune-schedule │ daily                       │
+  └────────────────┴─────────────────────────────┘
+
+Finally, it is possible to remove the datastore configuration:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager datastore remove store1
+
+.. note:: The above command removes only the datastore configuration. It does
+   not delete any data from the underlying directory.
+
+
+File Layout
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+After creating a datastore, the following default layout will appear:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # ls -arilh /backup/disk1/store1
+  276493 -rw-r--r-- 1 backup backup       0 Jul  8 12:35 .lock
+  276490 drwxr-x--- 1 backup backup 1064960 Jul  8 12:35 .chunks
+
+`.lock` is an empty file used for process locking.
+
+The `.chunks` directory contains folders, starting from `0000` and taking hexadecimal values until `ffff`. These
+directories will store the chunked data after a backup operation has been executed.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+ # ls -arilh /backup/disk1/store1/.chunks
+ 545824 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 ffff
+ 545823 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 fffe
+ 415621 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 fffd
+ 415620 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 fffc
+ 353187 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 fffb
+ 344995 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 fffa
+ 144079 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 fff9
+ 144078 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 fff8
+ 144077 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 fff7
+ ...
+ 403180 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 000c
+ 403179 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 000b
+ 403177 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 000a
+ 402530 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0009
+ 402513 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0008
+ 402509 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0007
+ 276509 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0006
+ 276508 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0005
+ 276507 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0004
+ 276501 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0003
+ 276499 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0002
+ 276498 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0001
+ 276494 drwxr-x--- 2 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 0000
+ 276489 drwxr-xr-x 3 backup backup 4.0K Jul  8 12:35 ..
+ 276490 drwxr-x--- 1 backup backup 1.1M Jul  8 12:35 .
+
+

docs/sysadmin.rst

@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. _sysadmin_host_administration:
+
 Host System Administration
 ==========================
 

docs/system-requirements.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+System Requirements
+-------------------
+
+We recommend using high quality server hardware when running Proxmox Backup in
+production. To further decrease the impact of a failed host, you can set up
+periodic, efficient, incremental :ref:`datastore synchronization <syncjobs>`
+from other Proxmox Backup Server instances.
+
+Minimum Server Requirements, for Evaluation
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+These minimum requirements are for evaluation purposes only and should not be
+used in production.
+
+* CPU: 64bit (*x86-64* or *AMD64*), 2+ Cores
+
+* Memory (RAM): 2 GB RAM
+
+* Hard drive: more than 8GB of space.
+
+* Network card (NIC)
+
+
+Recommended Server System Requirements
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+* CPU: Modern AMD or Intel 64-bit based CPU, with at least 4 cores
+
+* Memory: minimum 4 GiB for the OS, filesystem cache and Proxmox Backup Server
+  daemons. Add at least another GiB per TiB storage space.
+
+* OS storage:
+
+  * 32 GiB, or more, free storage space
+  * Use a hardware RAID with battery protected write cache (*BBU*) or a
+    redundant ZFS setup (ZFS is not compatible with a hardware RAID
+    controller).
+
+* Backup storage:
+
+  * Use only SSDs, for best results
+  * If HDDs are used: Using a metadata cache is highly recommended, for example,
+    add a ZFS :ref:`special device mirror <local_zfs_special_device>`.
+
+* Redundant Multi-GBit/s network interface cards (NICs)
+
+
+Supported Web Browsers for Accessing the Web Interface
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To access the server's web-based user interface, we recommend using one of the
+following browsers:
+
+* Firefox, a release from the current year, or the latest Extended Support Release
+* Chrome, a release from the current year
+* Microsoft's currently supported version of Edge
+* Safari, a release from the current year

docs/terminology.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+Terminology
+===========
+
+Backup Content
+--------------
+
+When doing deduplication, there are different strategies to get
+optimal results in terms of performance and/or deduplication rates.
+Depending on the type of data, it can be split into *fixed* or *variable*
+sized chunks.
+
+Fixed sized chunking requires minimal CPU power, and is used to
+backup virtual machine images.
+
+Variable sized chunking needs more CPU power, but is essential to get
+good deduplication rates for file archives.
+
+The Proxmox Backup Server supports both strategies.
+
+
+Image Archives: ``<name>.img``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This is used for virtual machine images and other large binary
+data. Content is split into fixed-sized chunks.
+
+
+File Archives: ``<name>.pxar``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. see https://moinakg.wordpress.com/2013/06/22/high-performance-content-defined-chunking/
+
+A file archive stores a full directory tree. Content is stored using
+the :ref:`pxar-format`, split into variable-sized chunks. The format
+is optimized to achieve good deduplication rates.
+
+
+Binary Data (BLOBs)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This type is used to store smaller (< 16MB) binary data such as
+configuration files. Larger files should be stored as image archive.
+
+.. caution:: Please do not store all files as BLOBs. Instead, use the
+   file archive to store whole directory trees.
+
+
+Catalog File: ``catalog.pcat1``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The catalog file is an index for file archives. It contains
+the list of files and is used to speed up search operations.
+
+
+The Manifest: ``index.json``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The manifest contains the list of all backup files, their
+sizes and checksums. It is used to verify the consistency of a
+backup.
+
+
+Backup Type
+-----------
+
+The backup server groups backups by *type*, where *type* is one of:
+
+``vm``
+    This type is used for :term:`virtual machine`\ s. Typically
+    consists of the virtual machine's configuration file and an image archive
+    for each disk.
+
+``ct``
+    This type is used for :term:`container`\ s. Consists of the container's
+    configuration and a single file archive for the filesystem content.
+
+``host``
+    This type is used for backups created from within the backed up machine.
+    Typically this would be a physical host but could also be a virtual machine
+    or container. Such backups may contain file and image archives, there are no restrictions in this regard.
+
+
+Backup ID
+---------
+
+A unique ID. Usually the virtual machine or container ID. ``host``
+type backups normally use the hostname.
+
+
+Backup Time
+-----------
+
+The time when the backup was made.
+
+
+Backup Group
+------------
+
+The tuple ``<type>/<ID>`` is called a backup group. Such a group
+may contain one or more backup snapshots.
+
+
+Backup Snapshot
+---------------
+
+The triplet ``<type>/<ID>/<time>`` is called a backup snapshot. It
+uniquely identifies a specific backup within a datastore.
+
+.. code-block:: console
+   :caption: Backup Snapshot Examples
+
+    vm/104/2019-10-09T08:01:06Z
+    host/elsa/2019-11-08T09:48:14Z
+
+As you can see, the time format is RFC3399_ with Coordinated
+Universal Time (UTC_, identified by the trailing *Z*).
+
+

docs/user-management.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+.. _user_mgmt:
+
+User Management
+===============
+
+
+User Configuration
+------------------
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-user-management.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: User management
+
+Proxmox Backup Server supports several authentication realms, and you need to
+choose the realm when you add a new user. Possible realms are:
+
+:pam: Linux PAM standard authentication. Use this if you want to
+      authenticate as Linux system user (Users need to exist on the
+      system).
+
+:pbs: Proxmox Backup Server realm. This type stores hashed passwords in
+      ``/etc/proxmox-backup/shadow.json``.
+
+After installation, there is a single user ``root@pam``, which
+corresponds to the Unix superuser. User configuration information is stored in the file
+``/etc/proxmox-backup/user.cfg``. You can use the
+``proxmox-backup-manager`` command line tool to list or manipulate
+users:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user list
+  ┌─────────────┬────────┬────────┬───────────┬──────────┬────────────────┬────────────────────┐
+  │ userid      │ enable │ expire │ firstname │ lastname │ email          │ comment            │
+  ╞═════════════╪════════╪════════╪═══════════╪══════════╪════════════════╪════════════════════╡
+  │ root@pam    │      1 │        │           │          │                │ Superuser          │
+  └─────────────┴────────┴────────┴───────────┴──────────┴────────────────┴────────────────────┘
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-user-management-add-user.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Add a new user
+
+The superuser has full administration rights on everything, so you
+normally want to add other users with less privileges. You can add a new
+user with the ``user create`` subcommand or through the web
+interface, under the **User Management** tab of **Configuration -> Access
+Control**. The ``create`` subcommand lets you specify many options like
+``--email`` or ``--password``. You can update or change any user properties
+using the ``update`` subcommand later (**Edit** in the GUI):
+
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user create john@pbs --email john@example.com
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user update john@pbs --firstname John --lastname Smith
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user update john@pbs --comment "An example user."
+
+.. todo:: Mention how to set password without passing plaintext password as cli argument.
+
+
+The resulting user list looks like this:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user list
+  ┌──────────┬────────┬────────┬───────────┬──────────┬──────────────────┬──────────────────┐
+  │ userid   │ enable │ expire │ firstname │ lastname │ email            │ comment          │
+  ╞══════════╪════════╪════════╪═══════════╪══════════╪══════════════════╪══════════════════╡
+  │ john@pbs │      1 │        │ John      │ Smith    │ john@example.com │ An example user. │
+  ├──────────┼────────┼────────┼───────────┼──────────┼──────────────────┼──────────────────┤
+  │ root@pam │      1 │        │           │          │                  │ Superuser        │
+  └──────────┴────────┴────────┴───────────┴──────────┴──────────────────┴──────────────────┘
+
+Newly created users do not have any permissions. Please read the Access Control
+section to learn how to set access permissions.
+
+If you want to disable a user account, you can do that by setting ``--enable`` to ``0``
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user update john@pbs --enable 0
+
+Or completely remove the user with:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user remove john@pbs
+
+.. _user_tokens:
+
+API Tokens
+----------
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-apitoken-overview.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: API Token Overview
+
+Any authenticated user can generate API tokens which can in turn be used to
+configure various clients, instead of directly providing the username and
+password.
+
+API tokens serve two purposes:
+
+#. Easy revocation in case client gets compromised
+#. Limit permissions for each client/token within the users' permission
+
+An API token consists of two parts: an identifier consisting of the user name,
+the realm and a tokenname (``user@realm!tokenname``), and a secret value. Both
+need to be provided to the client in place of the user ID (``user@realm``) and
+the user password, respectively.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-apitoken-secret-value.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: API secret value
+
+The API token is passed from the client to the server by setting the
+``Authorization`` HTTP header with method ``PBSAPIToken`` to the value
+``TOKENID:TOKENSECRET``.
+
+Generating new tokens can done using ``proxmox-backup-manager`` or the GUI:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user generate-token john@pbs client1
+  Result: {
+    "tokenid": "john@pbs!client1",
+    "value": "d63e505a-e3ec-449a-9bc7-1da610d4ccde"
+  }
+
+.. note:: The displayed secret value needs to be saved, since it cannot be
+  displayed again after generating the API token.
+
+The ``user list-tokens`` sub-command can be used to display tokens and their
+metadata:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user list-tokens john@pbs
+  ┌──────────────────┬────────┬────────┬─────────┐
+  │ tokenid          │ enable │ expire │ comment │
+  ╞══════════════════╪════════╪════════╪═════════╡
+  │ john@pbs!client1 │      1 │        │         │
+  └──────────────────┴────────┴────────┴─────────┘
+
+Similarly, the ``user delete-token`` subcommand can be used to delete a token
+again.
+
+Newly generated API tokens don't have any permissions. Please read the next
+section to learn how to set access permissions.
+
+
+.. _user_acl:
+
+Access Control
+--------------
+
+By default new users and API tokens do not have any permission. Instead you
+need to specify what is allowed and what is not. You can do this by assigning
+roles to users/tokens on specific objects like datastores or remotes. The
+following roles exist:
+
+**NoAccess**
+  Disable Access - nothing is allowed.
+
+**Admin**
+  Can do anything.
+
+**Audit**
+  Can view things, but is not allowed to change settings.
+
+**DatastoreAdmin**
+  Can do anything on datastores.
+
+**DatastoreAudit**
+  Can view datastore settings and list content. But
+  is not allowed to read the actual data.
+
+**DatastoreReader**
+  Can Inspect datastore content and can do restores.
+
+**DatastoreBackup**
+  Can backup and restore owned backups.
+
+**DatastorePowerUser**
+  Can backup, restore, and prune owned backups.
+
+**RemoteAdmin**
+  Can do anything on remotes.
+
+**RemoteAudit**
+  Can view remote settings.
+
+**RemoteSyncOperator**
+  Is allowed to read data from a remote.
+
+.. image:: images/screenshots/pbs-gui-user-management-add-user.png
+  :align: right
+  :alt: Add permissions for user
+
+Access permission information is stored in ``/etc/proxmox-backup/acl.cfg``. The
+file contains 5 fields, separated using a colon (':') as a delimiter. A typical
+entry takes the form:
+
+``acl:1:/datastore:john@pbs:DatastoreBackup``
+
+The data represented in each field is as follows:
+
+#. ``acl`` identifier
+#. A ``1`` or ``0``, representing whether propagation is enabled or disabled,
+   respectively
+#. The object on which the permission is set. This can be a specific object
+   (single datastore, remote, etc.) or a top level object, which with
+   propagation enabled, represents all children of the object also.
+#. The user(s)/token(s) for which the permission is set
+#. The role being set
+
+You can manage permissions via **Configuration -> Access Control ->
+Permissions** in the web interface. Likewise, you can use the ``acl``
+subcommand to manage and monitor user permissions from the command line. For
+example, the command below will add the user ``john@pbs`` as a
+**DatastoreAdmin** for the datastore ``store1``, located at
+``/backup/disk1/store1``:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager acl update /datastore/store1 DatastoreAdmin --auth-id john@pbs
+
+You can list the ACLs of each user/token using the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+   # proxmox-backup-manager acl list
+   ┌──────────┬───────────────────┬───────────┬────────────────┐
+   │ ugid     │ path              │ propagate │ roleid         │
+   ╞══════════╪═══════════════════╪═══════════╪════════════════╡
+   │ john@pbs │ /datastore/store1 │         1 │ DatastoreAdmin │
+   └──────────┴───────────────────┴───────────┴────────────────┘
+
+A single user/token can be assigned multiple permission sets for different datastores.
+
+.. Note::
+  Naming convention is important here. For datastores on the host,
+  you must use the convention ``/datastore/{storename}``. For example, to set
+  permissions for a datastore mounted at ``/mnt/backup/disk4/store2``, you would use
+  ``/datastore/store2`` for the path. For remote stores, use the convention
+  ``/remote/{remote}/{storename}``, where ``{remote}`` signifies the name of the
+  remote (see `Remote` below) and ``{storename}`` is the name of the datastore on
+  the remote.
+
+API Token permissions
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+API token permissions are calculated based on ACLs containing their ID
+independent of those of their corresponding user. The resulting permission set
+on a given path is then intersected with that of the corresponding user.
+
+In practice this means:
+
+#. API tokens require their own ACL entries
+#. API tokens can never do more than their corresponding user
+
+Effective permissions
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To calculate and display the effective permission set of a user or API token
+you can use the ``proxmox-backup-manager user permission`` command:
+
+.. code-block:: console
+
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user permissions john@pbs --path /datastore/store1
+  Privileges with (*) have the propagate flag set
+  
+  Path: /datastore/store1
+  - Datastore.Audit (*)
+  - Datastore.Backup (*)
+  - Datastore.Modify (*)
+  - Datastore.Prune (*)
+  - Datastore.Read (*)
+  - Datastore.Verify (*)
+  
+  # proxmox-backup-manager acl update /datastore/store1 DatastoreBackup --auth-id 'john@pbs!client1'
+  # proxmox-backup-manager user permissions 'john@pbs!client1' --path /datastore/store1
+  Privileges with (*) have the propagate flag set
+  
+  Path: /datastore/store1
+  - Datastore.Backup (*)

etc/Makefile

@@ -1,13 +1,15 @@
 include ../defines.mk
 
-UNITS :=
+UNITS := \
+	proxmox-backup-daily-update.timer \
 
 DYNAMIC_UNITS := \
 	proxmox-backup-banner.service \
+	proxmox-backup-daily-update.service \
 	proxmox-backup.service \
 	proxmox-backup-proxy.service
 
-all: $(UNITS) $(DYNAMIC_UNITS) pbstest-beta.list
+all: $(UNITS) $(DYNAMIC_UNITS) pbs-enterprise.list
 
 clean:
 	rm -f $(DYNAMIC_UNITS)

etc/pbs-enterprise.list

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+deb https://enterprise.proxmox.com/debian/pbs buster pbs-enterprise

etc/pbstest-beta.list

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-deb http://download.proxmox.com/debian/pbs buster pbstest

etc/proxmox-backup-daily-update.service.in

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+[Unit]
+Description=Daily Proxmox Backup Server update and maintenance activities
+After=network-online.target
+Wants=network-online.target
+
+[Service]
+Type=oneshot
+ExecStart=%LIBEXECDIR%/proxmox-backup/proxmox-daily-update

etc/proxmox-backup-daily-update.timer

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+[Unit]
+Description=Daily Proxmox Backup Server update and maintenance activities
+
+[Timer]
+OnCalendar=*-*-* 1:00
+RandomizedDelaySec=5h
+Persistent=true
+
+[Install]
+WantedBy=timers.target

etc/proxmox-backup-proxy.service.in

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ After=proxmox-backup.service
 Type=notify
 ExecStart=%LIBEXECDIR%/proxmox-backup/proxmox-backup-proxy
 ExecReload=/bin/kill -HUP $MAINPID
+PIDFile=/run/proxmox-backup/proxy.pid
 Restart=on-failure
 User=%PROXY_USER%
 Group=%PROXY_USER%

etc/proxmox-backup.service.in

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ After=network.target
 Type=notify
 ExecStart=%LIBEXECDIR%/proxmox-backup/proxmox-backup-api
 ExecReload=/bin/kill -HUP $MAINPID
+PIDFile=/run/proxmox-backup/api.pid
 Restart=on-failure
 
 [Install]

examples/download-speed.rs

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ use std::io::Write;
 
 use anyhow::{Error};
 
-use proxmox_backup::api2::types::Userid;
+use proxmox_backup::api2::types::Authid;
 use proxmox_backup::client::{HttpClient, HttpClientOptions, BackupReader};
 
 pub struct DummyWriter {
@@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ async fn run() -> Result<(), Error> {
 
     let host = "localhost";
 
-    let username = Userid::root_userid();
+    let auth_id = Authid::root_auth_id();
 
     let options = HttpClientOptions::new()
         .interactive(true)
         .ticket_cache(true);
 
-    let client = HttpClient::new(host, username, options)?;
+    let client = HttpClient::new(host, 8007, auth_id, options)?;
 
     let backup_time = proxmox::tools::time::parse_rfc3339("2019-06-28T10:49:48Z")?;
 

examples/upload-speed.rs

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 use anyhow::{Error};
 
-use proxmox_backup::api2::types::Userid;
+use proxmox_backup::api2::types::Authid;
 use proxmox_backup::client::*;
 
 async fn upload_speed() -> Result<f64, Error> {
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ async fn upload_speed() -> Result<f64, Error> {
     let host = "localhost";
     let datastore = "store2";
 
-    let username = Userid::root_userid();
+    let auth_id = Authid::root_auth_id();
 
     let options = HttpClientOptions::new()
         .interactive(true)
         .ticket_cache(true);
 
-    let client = HttpClient::new(host, username, options)?;
+    let client = HttpClient::new(host, 8007, auth_id, options)?;
 
     let backup_time = proxmox::tools::time::epoch_i64();
 

src/api2.rs

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ pub mod reader;
 pub mod status;
 pub mod types;
 pub mod version;
+pub mod ping;
 pub mod pull;
 mod helpers;
 
@@ -22,6 +23,7 @@ pub const SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &[
     ("backup", &backup::ROUTER),
     ("config", &config::ROUTER),
     ("nodes", &NODES_ROUTER),
+    ("ping", &ping::ROUTER),
     ("pull", &pull::ROUTER),
     ("reader", &reader::ROUTER),
     ("status", &status::ROUTER),

src/api2/access.rs

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
 use anyhow::{bail, format_err, Error};
 
 use serde_json::{json, Value};
+use std::collections::HashMap;
+use std::collections::HashSet;
 
 use proxmox::api::{api, RpcEnvironment, Permission};
 use proxmox::api::router::{Router, SubdirMap};
@@ -11,8 +13,9 @@ use crate::tools::ticket::{self, Empty, Ticket};
 use crate::auth_helpers::*;
 use crate::api2::types::*;
 
+use crate::config::acl as acl_config;
+use crate::config::acl::{PRIVILEGES, PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY};
 use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
-use crate::config::acl::{PRIVILEGES, PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY};
 
 pub mod user;
 pub mod domain;
@@ -30,7 +33,8 @@ fn authenticate_user(
 ) -> Result<bool, Error> {
     let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
-    if !user_info.is_active_user(&userid) {
+    let auth_id = Authid::from(userid.clone());
+    if !user_info.is_active_auth_id(&auth_id) {
         bail!("user account disabled or expired.");
     }
 
@@ -68,8 +72,7 @@ fn authenticate_user(
                             path_vec.push(part);
                         }
                     }
-
-                    user_info.check_privs(userid, &path_vec, *privilege, false)?;
+                    user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &path_vec, *privilege, false)?;
                     return Ok(false);
                 }
             }
@@ -138,6 +141,7 @@ fn create_ticket(
     path: Option<String>,
     privs: Option<String>,
     port: Option<u16>,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
     match authenticate_user(&username, &password, path, privs, port) {
         Ok(true) => {
@@ -145,7 +149,7 @@ fn create_ticket(
 
             let token = assemble_csrf_prevention_token(csrf_secret(), &username);
 
-            log::info!("successful auth for user '{}'", username);
+            crate::server::rest::auth_logger()?.log(format!("successful auth for user '{}'", username));
 
             Ok(json!({
                 "username": username,
@@ -157,8 +161,20 @@ fn create_ticket(
             "username": username,
         })),
         Err(err) => {
-            let client_ip = "unknown"; // $rpcenv->get_client_ip() || '';
-            log::error!("authentication failure; rhost={} user={} msg={}", client_ip, username, err.to_string());
+            let client_ip = match rpcenv.get_client_ip().map(|addr| addr.ip()) {
+                Some(ip) => format!("{}", ip),
+                None => "unknown".into(),
+            };
+
+            let msg = format!(
+                "authentication failure; rhost={} user={} msg={}",
+                client_ip,
+                username,
+                err.to_string()
+            );
+            crate::server::rest::auth_logger()?.log(&msg);
+            log::error!("{}", msg);
+
             Err(http_err!(UNAUTHORIZED, "permission check failed."))
         }
     }
@@ -192,9 +208,10 @@ fn change_password(
 ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
 
     let current_user: Userid = rpcenv
-        .get_user()
+        .get_auth_id()
         .ok_or_else(|| format_err!("unknown user"))?
         .parse()?;
+    let current_auth = Authid::from(current_user.clone());
 
     let mut allowed = userid == current_user;
 
@@ -202,7 +219,7 @@ fn change_password(
 
     if !allowed {
         let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
-        let privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&current_user, &[]);
+        let privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&current_auth, &[]);
         if (privs & PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY) != 0 { allowed = true; }
     }
 
@@ -216,6 +233,128 @@ fn change_password(
     Ok(Value::Null)
 }
 
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            "auth-id": {
+                type: Authid,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+            path: {
+                schema: ACL_PATH_SCHEMA,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Sys.Audit on '/access', limited to own privileges otherwise.",
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "Map of ACL path to Map of privilege to propagate bit",
+        type: Object,
+        properties: {},
+        additional_properties: true,
+    },
+)]
+/// List permissions of given or currently authenticated user / API token.
+///
+/// Optionally limited to specific path.
+pub fn list_permissions(
+    auth_id: Option<Authid>,
+    path: Option<String>,
+    rpcenv: &dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<HashMap<String, HashMap<String, bool>>, Error> {
+    let current_auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+    let user_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&current_auth_id, &["access"]);
+
+    let auth_id = if user_privs & PRIV_SYS_AUDIT == 0 {
+        match auth_id {
+            Some(auth_id) => {
+                if auth_id == current_auth_id {
+                    auth_id
+                } else if auth_id.is_token()
+                    && !current_auth_id.is_token()
+                    && auth_id.user() == current_auth_id.user() {
+                    auth_id
+                } else {
+                    bail!("not allowed to list permissions of {}", auth_id);
+                }
+            },
+            None => current_auth_id,
+        }
+    } else {
+        match auth_id {
+            Some(auth_id) => auth_id,
+            None => current_auth_id,
+        }
+    };
+
+
+    fn populate_acl_paths(
+        mut paths: HashSet<String>,
+        node: acl_config::AclTreeNode,
+        path: &str
+    ) -> HashSet<String> {
+        for (sub_path, child_node) in node.children {
+            let sub_path = format!("{}/{}", path, &sub_path);
+            paths = populate_acl_paths(paths, child_node, &sub_path);
+            paths.insert(sub_path);
+        }
+        paths
+    }
+
+    let paths = match path {
+        Some(path) => {
+            let mut paths = HashSet::new();
+            paths.insert(path);
+            paths
+        },
+        None => {
+            let mut paths = HashSet::new();
+
+            let (acl_tree, _) = acl_config::config()?;
+            paths = populate_acl_paths(paths, acl_tree.root, "");
+
+            // default paths, returned even if no ACL exists
+            paths.insert("/".to_string());
+            paths.insert("/access".to_string());
+            paths.insert("/datastore".to_string());
+            paths.insert("/remote".to_string());
+            paths.insert("/system".to_string());
+
+            paths
+        },
+    };
+
+    let map = paths
+        .into_iter()
+        .fold(HashMap::new(), |mut map: HashMap<String, HashMap<String, bool>>, path: String| {
+            let split_path = acl_config::split_acl_path(path.as_str());
+            let (privs, propagated_privs) = user_info.lookup_privs_details(&auth_id, &split_path);
+
+            match privs {
+                0 => map, // Don't leak ACL paths where we don't have any privileges
+                _ => {
+                    let priv_map = PRIVILEGES
+                        .iter()
+                        .fold(HashMap::new(), |mut priv_map, (name, value)| {
+                            if value & privs != 0 {
+                                priv_map.insert(name.to_string(), value & propagated_privs != 0);
+                            }
+                            priv_map
+                        });
+
+                    map.insert(path, priv_map);
+                    map
+                },
+            }});
+
+    Ok(map)
+}
+
 #[sortable]
 const SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &sorted!([
     ("acl", &acl::ROUTER),
@@ -223,6 +362,10 @@ const SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &sorted!([
         "password", &Router::new()
             .put(&API_METHOD_CHANGE_PASSWORD)
     ),
+    (
+        "permissions", &Router::new()
+            .get(&API_METHOD_LIST_PERMISSIONS)
+    ),
     (
         "ticket", &Router::new()
             .post(&API_METHOD_CREATE_TICKET)

src/api2/access/acl.rs

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ use proxmox::tools::fs::open_file_locked;
 use crate::api2::types::*;
 use crate::config::acl;
 use crate::config::acl::{Role, PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY};
+use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
 
 #[api(
     properties: {
@@ -43,8 +44,23 @@ fn extract_acl_node_data(
     path: &str,
     list: &mut Vec<AclListItem>,
     exact: bool,
+    token_user: &Option<Authid>,
 ) {
+    // tokens can't have tokens, so we can early return
+    if let Some(token_user) = token_user {
+        if token_user.is_token() {
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
     for (user, roles) in &node.users {
+        if let Some(token_user) = token_user {
+            if !user.is_token()
+                || user.user() != token_user.user() {
+                 continue;
+            }
+        }
+
         for (role, propagate) in roles {
             list.push(AclListItem {
                 path: if path.is_empty() { String::from("/") } else { path.to_string() },
@@ -56,6 +72,10 @@ fn extract_acl_node_data(
         }
     }
     for (group, roles) in &node.groups {
+        if let Some(_) = token_user {
+            continue;
+        }
+
         for (role, propagate) in roles {
             list.push(AclListItem {
                 path: if path.is_empty() { String::from("/") } else { path.to_string() },
@@ -71,7 +91,7 @@ fn extract_acl_node_data(
     }
     for (comp, child) in &node.children {
         let new_path = format!("{}/{}", path, comp);
-        extract_acl_node_data(child, &new_path, list, exact);
+        extract_acl_node_data(child, &new_path, list, exact, token_user);
     }
 }
 
@@ -98,7 +118,8 @@ fn extract_acl_node_data(
         }
     },
     access: {
-        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["access", "acl"], PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, false),
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Returns all ACLs if user has Sys.Audit on '/access/acl', or just the ACLs containing the user's API tokens.",
     },
 )]
 /// Read Access Control List (ACLs).
@@ -107,18 +128,26 @@ pub fn read_acl(
     exact: bool,
     mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Vec<AclListItem>, Error> {
+    let auth_id = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
-    //let auth_user = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap();
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let top_level_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["access", "acl"]);
+    let auth_id_filter = if (top_level_privs & PRIV_SYS_AUDIT) == 0 {
+        Some(auth_id)
+    } else {
+        None
+    };
 
     let (mut tree, digest) = acl::config()?;
 
     let mut list: Vec<AclListItem> = Vec::new();
     if let Some(path) = &path {
         if let Some(node) = &tree.find_node(path) {
-            extract_acl_node_data(&node, path, &mut list, exact);
+            extract_acl_node_data(&node, path, &mut list, exact, &auth_id_filter);
         }
     } else {
-        extract_acl_node_data(&tree.root, "", &mut list, exact);
+        extract_acl_node_data(&tree.root, "", &mut list, exact, &auth_id_filter);
     }
 
     rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
@@ -140,9 +169,9 @@ pub fn read_acl(
                 optional: true,
                 schema: ACL_PROPAGATE_SCHEMA,
             },
-            userid: {
+            "auth-id": {
                 optional: true,
-                type: Userid,
+                type: Authid,
             },
             group: {
                 optional: true,
@@ -160,7 +189,8 @@ pub fn read_acl(
        },
     },
     access: {
-        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["access", "acl"], PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY, false),
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Permissions.Modify on '/access/acl', limited to updating ACLs of the user's API tokens otherwise."
     },
 )]
 /// Update Access Control List (ACLs).
@@ -168,14 +198,37 @@ pub fn update_acl(
     path: String,
     role: String,
     propagate: Option<bool>,
-    userid: Option<Userid>,
+    auth_id: Option<Authid>,
     group: Option<String>,
     delete: Option<bool>,
     digest: Option<String>,
-    _rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let current_auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(acl::ACL_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let top_level_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&current_auth_id, &["access", "acl"]);
+    if top_level_privs & PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY == 0 {
+        if let Some(_) = group {
+            bail!("Unprivileged users are not allowed to create group ACL item.");
+        }
+
+        match &auth_id {
+            Some(auth_id) => {
+                if current_auth_id.is_token() {
+                    bail!("Unprivileged API tokens can't set ACL items.");
+                } else if !auth_id.is_token() {
+                    bail!("Unprivileged users can only set ACL items for API tokens.");
+                } else if auth_id.user() != current_auth_id.user() {
+                    bail!("Unprivileged users can only set ACL items for their own API tokens.");
+                }
+            },
+            None => { bail!("Unprivileged user needs to provide auth_id to update ACL item."); },
+        };
+    }
+
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(acl::ACL_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut tree, expected_digest) = acl::config()?;
 
@@ -190,11 +243,12 @@ pub fn update_acl(
 
     if let Some(ref _group) = group {
         bail!("parameter 'group' - groups are currently not supported.");
-    } else if let Some(ref userid) = userid {
+    } else if let Some(ref auth_id) = auth_id {
         if !delete { // Note: we allow to delete non-existent users
             let user_cfg = crate::config::user::cached_config()?;
-            if user_cfg.sections.get(&userid.to_string()).is_none() {
-                bail!("no such user.");
+            if user_cfg.sections.get(&auth_id.to_string()).is_none() {
+                bail!(format!("no such {}.",
+                              if auth_id.is_token() { "API token" } else { "user" }));
             }
         }
     } else {
@@ -205,11 +259,11 @@ pub fn update_acl(
         acl::check_acl_path(&path)?;
     }
 
-    if let Some(userid) = userid {
+    if let Some(auth_id) = auth_id {
         if delete {
-            tree.delete_user_role(&path, &userid, &role);
+            tree.delete_user_role(&path, &auth_id, &role);
         } else {
-            tree.insert_user_role(&path, &userid, &role, propagate);
+            tree.insert_user_role(&path, &auth_id, &role, propagate);
         }
     } else if let Some(group) = group {
         if delete {

src/api2/access/user.rs

@@ -1,12 +1,16 @@
 use anyhow::{bail, Error};
-use serde_json::Value;
+use serde::{Serialize, Deserialize};
+use serde_json::{json, Value};
+use std::collections::HashMap;
 
 use proxmox::api::{api, ApiMethod, Router, RpcEnvironment, Permission};
+use proxmox::api::router::SubdirMap;
 use proxmox::api::schema::{Schema, StringSchema};
 use proxmox::tools::fs::open_file_locked;
 
 use crate::api2::types::*;
 use crate::config::user;
+use crate::config::token_shadow;
 use crate::config::acl::{PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY};
 use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
 
@@ -16,14 +20,96 @@ pub const PBS_PASSWORD_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("User Password.")
     .max_length(64)
     .schema();
 
+#[api(
+    properties: {
+        userid: {
+            type: Userid,
+        },
+        comment: {
+            optional: true,
+            schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
+        },
+        enable: {
+            optional: true,
+            schema: user::ENABLE_USER_SCHEMA,
+        },
+        expire: {
+            optional: true,
+            schema: user::EXPIRE_USER_SCHEMA,
+        },
+        firstname: {
+            optional: true,
+            schema: user::FIRST_NAME_SCHEMA,
+        },
+        lastname: {
+            schema: user::LAST_NAME_SCHEMA,
+            optional: true,
+         },
+        email: {
+            schema: user::EMAIL_SCHEMA,
+            optional: true,
+        },
+        tokens: {
+            type: Array,
+            optional: true,
+            description: "List of user's API tokens.",
+            items: {
+                type: user::ApiToken
+            },
+        },
+    }
+)]
+#[derive(Serialize,Deserialize)]
+/// User properties with added list of ApiTokens
+pub struct UserWithTokens {
+    pub userid: Userid,
+    #[serde(skip_serializing_if="Option::is_none")]
+    pub comment: Option<String>,
+    #[serde(skip_serializing_if="Option::is_none")]
+    pub enable: Option<bool>,
+    #[serde(skip_serializing_if="Option::is_none")]
+    pub expire: Option<i64>,
+    #[serde(skip_serializing_if="Option::is_none")]
+    pub firstname: Option<String>,
+    #[serde(skip_serializing_if="Option::is_none")]
+    pub lastname: Option<String>,
+    #[serde(skip_serializing_if="Option::is_none")]
+    pub email: Option<String>,
+    #[serde(skip_serializing_if="Vec::is_empty", default)]
+    pub tokens: Vec<user::ApiToken>,
+}
+
+impl UserWithTokens {
+    fn new(user: user::User) -> Self {
+        Self {
+            userid: user.userid,
+            comment: user.comment,
+            enable: user.enable,
+            expire: user.expire,
+            firstname: user.firstname,
+            lastname: user.lastname,
+            email: user.email,
+            tokens: Vec::new(),
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
 #[api(
     input: {
-        properties: {},
+        properties: {
+            include_tokens: {
+                type: bool,
+                description: "Include user's API tokens in returned list.",
+                optional: true,
+                default: false,
+            },
+        },
     },
     returns: {
         description: "List users (with config digest).",
         type: Array,
-        items: { type: user::User },
+        items: { type: UserWithTokens },
     },
     access: {
         permission: &Permission::Anybody,
@@ -32,28 +118,60 @@ pub const PBS_PASSWORD_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("User Password.")
 )]
 /// List users
 pub fn list_users(
-    _param: Value,
+    include_tokens: bool,
     _info: &ApiMethod,
     mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
-) -> Result<Vec<user::User>, Error> {
+) -> Result<Vec<UserWithTokens>, Error> {
 
     let (config, digest) = user::config()?;
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    // intentionally user only for now
+    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id = Authid::from(userid.clone());
+
     let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
-    let top_level_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&userid, &["access", "users"]);
+    let top_level_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["access", "users"]);
     let top_level_allowed = (top_level_privs & PRIV_SYS_AUDIT) != 0;
 
     let filter_by_privs = |user: &user::User| {
         top_level_allowed || user.userid == userid
     };
 
+
     let list:Vec<user::User> = config.convert_to_typed_array("user")?;
 
     rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
 
-    Ok(list.into_iter().filter(filter_by_privs).collect())
+    let iter = list.into_iter().filter(filter_by_privs);
+    let list = if include_tokens {
+        let tokens: Vec<user::ApiToken> = config.convert_to_typed_array("token")?;
+        let mut user_to_tokens = tokens
+            .into_iter()
+            .fold(
+                HashMap::new(),
+                |mut map: HashMap<Userid, Vec<user::ApiToken>>, token: user::ApiToken| {
+                if token.tokenid.is_token() {
+                    map
+                        .entry(token.tokenid.user().clone())
+                        .or_default()
+                        .push(token);
+                }
+                map
+            });
+        iter
+            .map(|user: user::User| {
+                let mut user = UserWithTokens::new(user);
+                user.tokens = user_to_tokens.remove(&user.userid).unwrap_or_default();
+                user
+            })
+            .collect()
+    } else {
+        iter.map(|user: user::User| UserWithTokens::new(user))
+            .collect()
+    };
+
+    Ok(list)
 }
 
 #[api(
@@ -100,7 +218,7 @@ pub fn list_users(
 /// Create new user.
 pub fn create_user(password: Option<String>, param: Value) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let user: user::User = serde_json::from_value(param)?;
 
@@ -150,6 +268,21 @@ pub fn read_user(userid: Userid, mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment) -> Result<
     Ok(user)
 }
 
+#[api()]
+#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
+#[serde(rename_all="kebab-case")]
+#[allow(non_camel_case_types)]
+pub enum DeletableProperty {
+    /// Delete the comment property.
+    comment,
+    /// Delete the firstname property.
+    firstname,
+    /// Delete the lastname property.
+    lastname,
+    /// Delete the email property.
+    email,
+}
+
 #[api(
     protected: true,
     input: {
@@ -185,6 +318,14 @@ pub fn read_user(userid: Userid, mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment) -> Result<
                 schema: user::EMAIL_SCHEMA,
                 optional: true,
             },
+            delete: {
+                description: "List of properties to delete.",
+                type: Array,
+                optional: true,
+                items: {
+                    type: DeletableProperty,
+                }
+            },
             digest: {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: PROXMOX_CONFIG_DIGEST_SCHEMA,
@@ -208,10 +349,11 @@ pub fn update_user(
     firstname: Option<String>,
     lastname: Option<String>,
     email: Option<String>,
+    delete: Option<Vec<DeletableProperty>>,
     digest: Option<String>,
 ) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = user::config()?;
 
@@ -222,6 +364,17 @@ pub fn update_user(
 
     let mut data: user::User = config.lookup("user", userid.as_str())?;
 
+    if let Some(delete) = delete {
+        for delete_prop in delete {
+            match delete_prop {
+                DeletableProperty::comment => data.comment = None,
+                DeletableProperty::firstname => data.firstname = None,
+                DeletableProperty::lastname => data.lastname = None,
+                DeletableProperty::email => data.email = None,
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
     if let Some(comment) = comment {
         let comment = comment.trim().to_string();
         if comment.is_empty() {
@@ -285,7 +438,7 @@ pub fn update_user(
 /// Remove a user from the configuration file.
 pub fn delete_user(userid: Userid, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = user::config()?;
 
@@ -304,12 +457,340 @@ pub fn delete_user(userid: Userid, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Error>
     Ok(())
 }
 
-const ITEM_ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            userid: {
+                type: Userid,
+            },
+            tokenname: {
+                type: Tokenname,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "Get API token metadata (with config digest).",
+        type: user::ApiToken,
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Or(&[
+            &Permission::Privilege(&["access", "users"], PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, false),
+            &Permission::UserParam("userid"),
+        ]),
+    },
+)]
+/// Read user's API token metadata
+pub fn read_token(
+    userid: Userid,
+    tokenname: Tokenname,
+    _info: &ApiMethod,
+    mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<user::ApiToken, Error> {
+
+    let (config, digest) = user::config()?;
+
+    let tokenid = Authid::from((userid, Some(tokenname)));
+
+    rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
+    config.lookup("token", &tokenid.to_string())
+}
+
+#[api(
+    protected: true,
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            userid: {
+                type: Userid,
+            },
+            tokenname: {
+                type: Tokenname,
+            },
+            comment: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            enable: {
+                schema: user::ENABLE_USER_SCHEMA,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+            expire: {
+                schema: user::EXPIRE_USER_SCHEMA,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+            digest: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: PROXMOX_CONFIG_DIGEST_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Or(&[
+            &Permission::Privilege(&["access", "users"], PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY, false),
+            &Permission::UserParam("userid"),
+        ]),
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "API token identifier + generated secret.",
+        properties: {
+            value: {
+                type: String,
+                description: "The API token secret",
+            },
+            tokenid: {
+                type: String,
+                description: "The API token identifier",
+            },
+        },
+    },
+)]
+/// Generate a new API token with given metadata
+pub fn generate_token(
+    userid: Userid,
+    tokenname: Tokenname,
+    comment: Option<String>,
+    enable: Option<bool>,
+    expire: Option<i64>,
+    digest: Option<String>,
+) -> Result<Value, Error> {
+
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
+
+    let (mut config, expected_digest) = user::config()?;
+
+    if let Some(ref digest) = digest {
+        let digest = proxmox::tools::hex_to_digest(digest)?;
+        crate::tools::detect_modified_configuration_file(&digest, &expected_digest)?;
+    }
+
+    let tokenid = Authid::from((userid.clone(), Some(tokenname.clone())));
+    let tokenid_string = tokenid.to_string();
+
+    if let Some(_) = config.sections.get(&tokenid_string) {
+        bail!("token '{}' for user '{}' already exists.", tokenname.as_str(), userid);
+    }
+
+    let secret = format!("{:x}", proxmox::tools::uuid::Uuid::generate());
+    token_shadow::set_secret(&tokenid, &secret)?;
+
+    let token = user::ApiToken {
+        tokenid: tokenid.clone(),
+        comment,
+        enable,
+        expire,
+    };
+
+    config.set_data(&tokenid_string, "token", &token)?;
+
+    user::save_config(&config)?;
+
+    Ok(json!({
+        "tokenid": tokenid_string,
+        "value": secret
+    }))
+}
+
+#[api(
+    protected: true,
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            userid: {
+                type: Userid,
+            },
+            tokenname: {
+                type: Tokenname,
+            },
+            comment: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            enable: {
+                schema: user::ENABLE_USER_SCHEMA,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+            expire: {
+                schema: user::EXPIRE_USER_SCHEMA,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+            digest: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: PROXMOX_CONFIG_DIGEST_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Or(&[
+            &Permission::Privilege(&["access", "users"], PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY, false),
+            &Permission::UserParam("userid"),
+        ]),
+    },
+)]
+/// Update user's API token metadata
+pub fn update_token(
+    userid: Userid,
+    tokenname: Tokenname,
+    comment: Option<String>,
+    enable: Option<bool>,
+    expire: Option<i64>,
+    digest: Option<String>,
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
+
+    let (mut config, expected_digest) = user::config()?;
+
+    if let Some(ref digest) = digest {
+        let digest = proxmox::tools::hex_to_digest(digest)?;
+        crate::tools::detect_modified_configuration_file(&digest, &expected_digest)?;
+    }
+
+    let tokenid = Authid::from((userid, Some(tokenname)));
+    let tokenid_string = tokenid.to_string();
+
+    let mut data: user::ApiToken = config.lookup("token", &tokenid_string)?;
+
+    if let Some(comment) = comment {
+        let comment = comment.trim().to_string();
+        if comment.is_empty() {
+            data.comment = None;
+        } else {
+            data.comment = Some(comment);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if let Some(enable) = enable {
+        data.enable = if enable { None } else { Some(false) };
+    }
+
+    if let Some(expire) = expire {
+        data.expire = if expire > 0 { Some(expire) } else { None };
+    }
+
+    config.set_data(&tokenid_string, "token", &data)?;
+
+    user::save_config(&config)?;
+
+    Ok(())
+}
+
+#[api(
+    protected: true,
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            userid: {
+                type: Userid,
+            },
+            tokenname: {
+                type: Tokenname,
+            },
+            digest: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: PROXMOX_CONFIG_DIGEST_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Or(&[
+            &Permission::Privilege(&["access", "users"], PRIV_PERMISSIONS_MODIFY, false),
+            &Permission::UserParam("userid"),
+        ]),
+    },
+)]
+/// Delete a user's API token
+pub fn delete_token(
+    userid: Userid,
+    tokenname: Tokenname,
+    digest: Option<String>,
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(user::USER_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
+
+    let (mut config, expected_digest) = user::config()?;
+
+    if let Some(ref digest) = digest {
+        let digest = proxmox::tools::hex_to_digest(digest)?;
+        crate::tools::detect_modified_configuration_file(&digest, &expected_digest)?;
+    }
+
+    let tokenid = Authid::from((userid.clone(), Some(tokenname.clone())));
+    let tokenid_string = tokenid.to_string();
+
+    match config.sections.get(&tokenid_string) {
+        Some(_) => { config.sections.remove(&tokenid_string); },
+        None => bail!("token '{}' of user '{}' does not exist.", tokenname.as_str(), userid),
+    }
+
+    token_shadow::delete_secret(&tokenid)?;
+
+    user::save_config(&config)?;
+
+    Ok(())
+}
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            userid: {
+                type: Userid,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "List user's API tokens (with config digest).",
+        type: Array,
+        items: { type: user::ApiToken },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Or(&[
+            &Permission::Privilege(&["access", "users"], PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, false),
+            &Permission::UserParam("userid"),
+        ]),
+    },
+)]
+/// List user's API tokens
+pub fn list_tokens(
+    userid: Userid,
+    _info: &ApiMethod,
+    mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<Vec<user::ApiToken>, Error> {
+
+    let (config, digest) = user::config()?;
+
+    let list:Vec<user::ApiToken> = config.convert_to_typed_array("token")?;
+
+    rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
+
+    let filter_by_owner = |token: &user::ApiToken| {
+        if token.tokenid.is_token() {
+           token.tokenid.user() == &userid
+        } else {
+            false
+        }
+    };
+
+    Ok(list.into_iter().filter(filter_by_owner).collect())
+}
+
+const TOKEN_ITEM_ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&API_METHOD_READ_TOKEN)
+    .put(&API_METHOD_UPDATE_TOKEN)
+    .post(&API_METHOD_GENERATE_TOKEN)
+    .delete(&API_METHOD_DELETE_TOKEN);
+
+const TOKEN_ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&API_METHOD_LIST_TOKENS)
+    .match_all("tokenname", &TOKEN_ITEM_ROUTER);
+
+const USER_SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &[
+    ("token", &TOKEN_ROUTER),
+];
+
+const USER_ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
     .get(&API_METHOD_READ_USER)
     .put(&API_METHOD_UPDATE_USER)
-    .delete(&API_METHOD_DELETE_USER);
+    .delete(&API_METHOD_DELETE_USER)
+    .subdirs(USER_SUBDIRS);
 
 pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
     .get(&API_METHOD_LIST_USERS)
     .post(&API_METHOD_CREATE_USER)
-    .match_all("userid", &ITEM_ROUTER);
+    .match_all("userid", &USER_ROUTER);

src/api2/admin.rs

@@ -3,10 +3,12 @@ use proxmox::list_subdirs_api_method;
 
 pub mod datastore;
 pub mod sync;
+pub mod verify;
 
 const SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &[
     ("datastore", &datastore::ROUTER),
-    ("sync", &sync::ROUTER)
+    ("sync", &sync::ROUTER),
+    ("verify", &verify::ROUTER)
 ];
 
 pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()

src/api2/admin/sync.rs

@@ -1,37 +1,66 @@
-use anyhow::{format_err, Error};
+use anyhow::{bail, format_err, Error};
 use serde_json::Value;
 
-use proxmox::api::{api, ApiMethod, Router, RpcEnvironment};
+use proxmox::api::{api, ApiMethod, Permission, Router, RpcEnvironment};
 use proxmox::api::router::SubdirMap;
 use proxmox::{list_subdirs_api_method, sortable};
 
 use crate::api2::types::*;
 use crate::api2::pull::do_sync_job;
+use crate::api2::config::sync::{check_sync_job_modify_access, check_sync_job_read_access};
+
+use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
 use crate::config::sync::{self, SyncJobStatus, SyncJobConfig};
 use crate::server::UPID;
-use crate::config::jobstate::{Job, JobState};
+use crate::server::jobstate::{Job, JobState};
 use crate::tools::systemd::time::{
     parse_calendar_event, compute_next_event};
 
 #[api(
     input: {
-        properties: {},
+        properties: {
+            store: {
+                schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+        },
     },
     returns: {
         description: "List configured jobs and their status.",
         type: Array,
         items: { type: sync::SyncJobStatus },
     },
+    access: {
+        description: "Limited to sync jobs where user has Datastore.Audit on target datastore, and Remote.Audit on source remote.",
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+    },
 )]
 /// List all sync jobs
 pub fn list_sync_jobs(
+    store: Option<String>,
     _param: Value,
     mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Vec<SyncJobStatus>, Error> {
 
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
     let (config, digest) = sync::config()?;
 
-    let mut list: Vec<SyncJobStatus> = config.convert_to_typed_array("sync")?;
+    let mut list: Vec<SyncJobStatus> = config
+        .convert_to_typed_array("sync")?
+        .into_iter()
+        .filter(|job: &SyncJobStatus| {
+            if let Some(store) = &store {
+                &job.store == store
+            } else {
+                true
+            }
+        })
+        .filter(|job: &SyncJobStatus| {
+            let as_config: SyncJobConfig = job.clone().into();
+            check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &auth_id, &as_config)
+        }).collect();
 
     for job in &mut list {
         let last_state = JobState::load("syncjob", &job.id)
@@ -74,7 +103,11 @@ pub fn list_sync_jobs(
                 schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
             }
         }
-    }
+    },
+    access: {
+        description: "User needs Datastore.Backup on target datastore, and Remote.Read on source remote. Additionally, remove_vanished requires Datastore.Prune, and any owner other than the user themselves requires Datastore.Modify",
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+    },
 )]
 /// Runs the sync jobs manually.
 fn run_sync_job(
@@ -82,15 +115,19 @@ fn run_sync_job(
     _info: &ApiMethod,
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<String, Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
     let (config, _digest) = sync::config()?;
     let sync_job: SyncJobConfig = config.lookup("sync", &id)?;
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    if !check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &auth_id, &sync_job) {
+        bail!("permission check failed");
+    }
 
     let job = Job::new("syncjob", &id)?;
 
-    let upid_str = do_sync_job(job, sync_job, &userid, None)?;
+    let upid_str = do_sync_job(job, sync_job, &auth_id, None)?;
 
     Ok(upid_str)
 }

src/api2/admin/verify.rs

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+use anyhow::{format_err, Error};
+
+use proxmox::api::router::SubdirMap;
+use proxmox::{list_subdirs_api_method, sortable};
+use proxmox::api::{api, ApiMethod, Permission, Router, RpcEnvironment};
+
+use crate::api2::types::*;
+use crate::server::do_verification_job;
+use crate::server::jobstate::{Job, JobState};
+use crate::config::acl::{
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT,
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY,
+};
+use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
+use crate::config::verify;
+use crate::config::verify::{VerificationJobConfig, VerificationJobStatus};
+use serde_json::Value;
+use crate::tools::systemd::time::{parse_calendar_event, compute_next_event};
+use crate::server::UPID;
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            store: {
+                schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "List configured jobs and their status (filtered by access)",
+        type: Array,
+        items: { type: verify::VerificationJobStatus },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Datastore.Audit or Datastore.Verify on datastore.",
+    },
+)]
+/// List all verification jobs
+pub fn list_verification_jobs(
+    store: Option<String>,
+    _param: Value,
+    mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<Vec<VerificationJobStatus>, Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let required_privs = PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT | PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY;
+
+    let (config, digest) = verify::config()?;
+
+    let mut list: Vec<VerificationJobStatus> = config
+        .convert_to_typed_array("verification")?
+        .into_iter()
+        .filter(|job: &VerificationJobStatus| {
+            let privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &job.store]);
+            if privs & required_privs == 0 {
+                return false;
+            }
+
+            if let Some(store) = &store {
+                &job.store == store
+            } else {
+                true
+            }
+        }).collect();
+
+    for job in &mut list {
+        let last_state = JobState::load("verificationjob", &job.id)
+            .map_err(|err| format_err!("could not open statefile for {}: {}", &job.id, err))?;
+
+        let (upid, endtime, state, starttime) = match last_state {
+            JobState::Created { time } => (None, None, None, time),
+            JobState::Started { upid } => {
+                let parsed_upid: UPID = upid.parse()?;
+                (Some(upid), None, None, parsed_upid.starttime)
+            },
+            JobState::Finished { upid, state } => {
+                let parsed_upid: UPID = upid.parse()?;
+                (Some(upid), Some(state.endtime()), Some(state.to_string()), parsed_upid.starttime)
+            },
+        };
+
+        job.last_run_upid = upid;
+        job.last_run_state = state;
+        job.last_run_endtime = endtime;
+
+        let last = job.last_run_endtime.unwrap_or_else(|| starttime);
+
+        job.next_run = (|| -> Option<i64> {
+            let schedule = job.schedule.as_ref()?;
+            let event = parse_calendar_event(&schedule).ok()?;
+            // ignore errors
+            compute_next_event(&event, last, false).unwrap_or_else(|_| None)
+        })();
+    }
+
+    rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
+
+    Ok(list)
+}
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            id: {
+                schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Datastore.Verify on job's datastore.",
+    },
+)]
+/// Runs a verification job manually.
+fn run_verification_job(
+    id: String,
+    _info: &ApiMethod,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<String, Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let (config, _digest) = verify::config()?;
+    let verification_job: VerificationJobConfig = config.lookup("verification", &id)?;
+
+    user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &verification_job.store], PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY, true)?;
+
+    let job = Job::new("verificationjob", &id)?;
+
+    let upid_str = do_verification_job(job, verification_job, &auth_id, None)?;
+
+    Ok(upid_str)
+}
+
+#[sortable]
+const VERIFICATION_INFO_SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &[("run", &Router::new().post(&API_METHOD_RUN_VERIFICATION_JOB))];
+
+const VERIFICATION_INFO_ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&list_subdirs_api_method!(VERIFICATION_INFO_SUBDIRS))
+    .subdirs(VERIFICATION_INFO_SUBDIRS);
+
+pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&API_METHOD_LIST_VERIFICATION_JOBS)
+    .match_all("id", &VERIFICATION_INFO_ROUTER);

src/api2/backup.rs

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ use crate::backup::*;
 use crate::api2::types::*;
 use crate::config::acl::PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP;
 use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
-use crate::tools::fs::lock_dir_noblock;
+use crate::tools::fs::lock_dir_noblock_shared;
 
 mod environment;
 use environment::*;
@@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ async move {
     let debug = param["debug"].as_bool().unwrap_or(false);
     let benchmark = param["benchmark"].as_bool().unwrap_or(false);
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
     let store = tools::required_string_param(&param, "store")?.to_owned();
 
     let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
-    user_info.check_privs(&userid, &["datastore", &store], PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP, false)?;
+    user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &store], PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP, false)?;
 
     let datastore = DataStore::lookup_datastore(&store)?;
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ async move {
         bail!("unexpected http version '{:?}' (expected version < 2)", parts.version);
     }
 
-    let worker_id = format!("{}_{}_{}", store, backup_type, backup_id);
+    let worker_id = format!("{}:{}/{}", store, backup_type, backup_id);
 
     let env_type = rpcenv.env_type();
 
@@ -105,12 +105,15 @@ async move {
     };
 
     // lock backup group to only allow one backup per group at a time
-    let (owner, _group_guard) = datastore.create_locked_backup_group(&backup_group, &userid)?;
+    let (owner, _group_guard) = datastore.create_locked_backup_group(&backup_group, &auth_id)?;
 
     // permission check
-    if owner != userid && worker_type != "benchmark" {
+    let correct_owner = owner == auth_id
+        || (owner.is_token()
+            && Authid::from(owner.user().clone()) == auth_id);
+    if !correct_owner && worker_type != "benchmark" {
         // only the owner is allowed to create additional snapshots
-        bail!("backup owner check failed ({} != {})", userid, owner);
+        bail!("backup owner check failed ({} != {})", auth_id, owner);
     }
 
     let last_backup = {
@@ -144,18 +147,18 @@ async move {
 
         // lock last snapshot to prevent forgetting/pruning it during backup
         let full_path = datastore.snapshot_path(&last.backup_dir);
-        Some(lock_dir_noblock(&full_path, "snapshot", "base snapshot is already locked by another operation")?)
+        Some(lock_dir_noblock_shared(&full_path, "snapshot", "base snapshot is already locked by another operation")?)
     } else {
         None
     };
 
-    let (path, is_new, _snap_guard) = datastore.create_locked_backup_dir(&backup_dir)?;
+    let (path, is_new, snap_guard) = datastore.create_locked_backup_dir(&backup_dir)?;
     if !is_new { bail!("backup directory already exists."); }
 
 
-    WorkerTask::spawn(worker_type, Some(worker_id), userid.clone(), true, move |worker| {
+    WorkerTask::spawn(worker_type, Some(worker_id), auth_id.clone(), true, move |worker| {
         let mut env = BackupEnvironment::new(
-            env_type, userid, worker.clone(), datastore, backup_dir);
+            env_type, auth_id, worker.clone(), datastore, backup_dir);
 
         env.debug = debug;
         env.last_backup = last_backup;
@@ -182,8 +185,22 @@ async move {
                 http.http2_initial_connection_window_size(window_size);
                 http.http2_max_frame_size(4*1024*1024);
 
+                let env3 = env2.clone();
                 http.serve_connection(conn, service)
-                    .map_err(Error::from)
+                    .map(move |result| {
+                        match result {
+                            Err(err) => {
+                                // Avoid  Transport endpoint is not connected (os error 107)
+                                // fixme: find a better way to test for that error
+                                if err.to_string().starts_with("connection error") && env3.finished() {
+                                    Ok(())
+                                } else {
+                                    Err(Error::from(err))
+                                }
+                            }
+                            Ok(()) => Ok(()),
+                        }
+                    })
             });
         let mut abort_future = abort_future
             .map(|_| Err(format_err!("task aborted")));
@@ -191,7 +208,7 @@ async move {
         async move {
             // keep flock until task ends
             let _group_guard = _group_guard;
-            let _snap_guard = _snap_guard;
+            let snap_guard = snap_guard;
             let _last_guard = _last_guard;
 
             let res = select!{
@@ -200,29 +217,41 @@ async move {
             };
             if benchmark {
                 env.log("benchmark finished successfully");
-                env.remove_backup()?;
+                tools::runtime::block_in_place(|| env.remove_backup())?;
                 return Ok(());
             }
+
+            let verify = |env: BackupEnvironment| {
+                if let Err(err) = env.verify_after_complete(snap_guard) {
+                    env.log(format!(
+                        "backup finished, but starting the requested verify task failed: {}",
+                        err
+                    ));
+                }
+            };
+
             match (res, env.ensure_finished()) {
                 (Ok(_), Ok(())) => {
                     env.log("backup finished successfully");
+                    verify(env);
                     Ok(())
                 },
                 (Err(err), Ok(())) => {
                     // ignore errors after finish
                     env.log(format!("backup had errors but finished: {}", err));
+                    verify(env);
                     Ok(())
                 },
                 (Ok(_), Err(err)) => {
                     env.log(format!("backup ended and finish failed: {}", err));
                     env.log("removing unfinished backup");
-                    env.remove_backup()?;
+                    tools::runtime::block_in_place(|| env.remove_backup())?;
                     Err(err)
                 },
                 (Err(err), Err(_)) => {
                     env.log(format!("backup failed: {}", err));
                     env.log("removing failed backup");
-                    env.remove_backup()?;
+                    tools::runtime::block_in_place(|| env.remove_backup())?;
                     Err(err)
                 },
             }
@@ -282,6 +311,10 @@ pub const BACKUP_API_SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &[
         "previous", &Router::new()
             .download(&API_METHOD_DOWNLOAD_PREVIOUS)
     ),
+    (
+        "previous_backup_time", &Router::new()
+            .get(&API_METHOD_GET_PREVIOUS_BACKUP_TIME)
+    ),
     (
         "speedtest", &Router::new()
             .upload(&API_METHOD_UPLOAD_SPEEDTEST)
@@ -665,6 +698,28 @@ fn finish_backup (
     Ok(Value::Null)
 }
 
+#[sortable]
+pub const API_METHOD_GET_PREVIOUS_BACKUP_TIME: ApiMethod = ApiMethod::new(
+    &ApiHandler::Sync(&get_previous_backup_time),
+    &ObjectSchema::new(
+        "Get previous backup time.",
+        &[],
+    )
+);
+
+fn get_previous_backup_time(
+    _param: Value,
+    _info: &ApiMethod,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<Value, Error> {
+
+    let env: &BackupEnvironment = rpcenv.as_ref();
+
+    let backup_time = env.last_backup.as_ref().map(|info| info.backup_dir.backup_time());
+
+    Ok(json!(backup_time))
+}
+
 #[sortable]
 pub const API_METHOD_DOWNLOAD_PREVIOUS: ApiMethod = ApiMethod::new(
     &ApiHandler::AsyncHttp(&download_previous),

src/api2/backup/environment.rs

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 use anyhow::{bail, format_err, Error};
 use std::sync::{Arc, Mutex};
-use std::collections::HashMap;
+use std::collections::{HashMap, HashSet};
+use nix::dir::Dir;
 
 use ::serde::{Serialize};
 use serde_json::{json, Value};
@@ -9,7 +10,7 @@ use proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex;
 use proxmox::tools::fs::{replace_file, CreateOptions};
 use proxmox::api::{RpcEnvironment, RpcEnvironmentType};
 
-use crate::api2::types::{Userid, SnapshotVerifyState, VerifyState};
+use crate::api2::types::Authid;
 use crate::backup::*;
 use crate::server::WorkerTask;
 use crate::server::formatter::*;
@@ -66,8 +67,8 @@ struct FixedWriterState {
     incremental: bool,
 }
 
-// key=digest, value=(length, existance checked)
-type KnownChunksMap = HashMap<[u8;32], (u32, bool)>;
+// key=digest, value=length
+type KnownChunksMap = HashMap<[u8;32], u32>;
 
 struct SharedBackupState {
     finished: bool,
@@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ impl SharedBackupState {
 pub struct BackupEnvironment {
     env_type: RpcEnvironmentType,
     result_attributes: Value,
-    user: Userid,
+    auth_id: Authid,
     pub debug: bool,
     pub formatter: &'static OutputFormatter,
     pub worker: Arc<WorkerTask>,
@@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ pub struct BackupEnvironment {
 impl BackupEnvironment {
     pub fn new(
         env_type: RpcEnvironmentType,
-        user: Userid,
+        auth_id: Authid,
         worker: Arc<WorkerTask>,
         datastore: Arc<DataStore>,
         backup_dir: BackupDir,
@@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
         Self {
             result_attributes: json!({}),
             env_type,
-            user,
+            auth_id,
             worker,
             datastore,
             debug: false,
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
 
         state.ensure_unfinished()?;
 
-        state.known_chunks.insert(digest, (length, false));
+        state.known_chunks.insert(digest, length);
 
         Ok(())
     }
@@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
         if is_duplicate { data.upload_stat.duplicates += 1; }
 
         // register chunk
-        state.known_chunks.insert(digest, (size, true));
+        state.known_chunks.insert(digest, size);
 
         Ok(())
     }
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
         if is_duplicate { data.upload_stat.duplicates += 1; }
 
         // register chunk
-        state.known_chunks.insert(digest, (size, true));
+        state.known_chunks.insert(digest, size);
 
         Ok(())
     }
@@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
         let state = self.state.lock().unwrap();
 
         match state.known_chunks.get(digest) {
-            Some((len, _)) => Some(*len),
+            Some(len) => Some(*len),
             None => None,
         }
     }
@@ -457,47 +458,6 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
         Ok(())
     }
 
-    /// Ensure all chunks referenced in this backup actually exist.
-    /// Only call *after* all writers have been closed, to avoid race with GC.
-    /// In case of error, mark the previous backup as 'verify failed'.
-    fn verify_chunk_existance(&self, known_chunks: &KnownChunksMap) -> Result<(), Error> {
-        for (digest, (_, checked)) in known_chunks.iter() {
-            if !checked && !self.datastore.chunk_path(digest).0.exists() {
-                let mark_msg = if let Some(ref last_backup) = self.last_backup {
-                    let last_dir = &last_backup.backup_dir;
-                    let verify_state = SnapshotVerifyState {
-                        state: VerifyState::Failed,
-                        upid: self.worker.upid().clone(),
-                    };
-
-                    let res = proxmox::try_block!{
-                        let (mut manifest, _) = self.datastore.load_manifest(last_dir)?;
-                        manifest.unprotected["verify_state"] = serde_json::to_value(verify_state)?;
-                        self.datastore.store_manifest(last_dir, serde_json::to_value(manifest)?)
-                    };
-
-                    if let Err(err) = res {
-                        format!("tried marking previous snapshot as bad, \
-                                but got error accessing manifest: {}", err)
-                    } else {
-                        "marked previous snapshot as bad, please use \
-                        'verify' for a detailed check".to_owned()
-                    }
-                } else {
-                    "internal error: no base backup registered to mark invalid".to_owned()
-                };
-
-                bail!(
-                    "chunk '{}' was attempted to be reused but doesn't exist - {}",
-                    digest_to_hex(digest),
-                    mark_msg
-                );
-            }
-        }
-
-        Ok(())
-    }
-
     /// Mark backup as finished
     pub fn finish_backup(&self) -> Result<(), Error> {
         let mut state = self.state.lock().unwrap();
@@ -513,16 +473,11 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
             bail!("backup does not contain valid files (file count == 0)");
         }
 
-        // check manifest
-        let mut manifest = self.datastore.load_manifest_json(&self.backup_dir)
-            .map_err(|err| format_err!("unable to load manifest blob - {}", err))?;
-
+        // check for valid manifest and store stats
         let stats = serde_json::to_value(state.backup_stat)?;
-
-        manifest["unprotected"]["chunk_upload_stats"] = stats;
-
-        self.datastore.store_manifest(&self.backup_dir, manifest)
-            .map_err(|err| format_err!("unable to store manifest blob - {}", err))?;
+        self.datastore.update_manifest(&self.backup_dir, |manifest| {
+            manifest.unprotected["chunk_upload_stats"] = stats;
+        }).map_err(|err| format_err!("unable to update manifest blob - {}", err))?;
 
         if let Some(base) = &self.last_backup {
             let path = self.datastore.snapshot_path(&base.backup_dir);
@@ -534,14 +489,61 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
             }
         }
 
-        self.verify_chunk_existance(&state.known_chunks)?;
-
         // marks the backup as successful
         state.finished = true;
 
         Ok(())
     }
 
+    /// If verify-new is set on the datastore, this will run a new verify task
+    /// for the backup. If not, this will return and also drop the passed lock
+    /// immediately.
+    pub fn verify_after_complete(&self, snap_lock: Dir) -> Result<(), Error> {
+        self.ensure_finished()?;
+
+        if !self.datastore.verify_new() {
+            // no verify requested, do nothing
+            return Ok(());
+        }
+
+        let worker_id = format!("{}:{}/{}/{:08X}",
+            self.datastore.name(),
+            self.backup_dir.group().backup_type(),
+            self.backup_dir.group().backup_id(),
+            self.backup_dir.backup_time());
+
+        let datastore = self.datastore.clone();
+        let backup_dir = self.backup_dir.clone();
+
+        WorkerTask::new_thread(
+            "verify",
+            Some(worker_id),
+            self.auth_id.clone(),
+            false,
+            move |worker| {
+                worker.log("Automatically verifying newly added snapshot");
+
+                let verified_chunks = Arc::new(Mutex::new(HashSet::with_capacity(1024*16)));
+                let corrupt_chunks = Arc::new(Mutex::new(HashSet::with_capacity(64)));
+
+                if !verify_backup_dir_with_lock(
+                    datastore,
+                    &backup_dir,
+                    verified_chunks,
+                    corrupt_chunks,
+                    worker.clone(),
+                    worker.upid().clone(),
+                    None,
+                    snap_lock,
+                )? {
+                    bail!("verification failed - please check the log for details");
+                }
+
+                Ok(())
+            },
+        ).map(|_| ())
+    }
+
     pub fn log<S: AsRef<str>>(&self, msg: S) {
         self.worker.log(msg);
     }
@@ -566,6 +568,12 @@ impl BackupEnvironment {
         Ok(())
     }
 
+    /// Return true if the finished flag is set
+    pub fn finished(&self) -> bool {
+        let state = self.state.lock().unwrap();
+        state.finished
+    }
+
     /// Remove complete backup
     pub fn remove_backup(&self) -> Result<(), Error> {
         let mut state = self.state.lock().unwrap();
@@ -591,12 +599,12 @@ impl RpcEnvironment for BackupEnvironment {
         self.env_type
     }
 
-    fn set_user(&mut self, _user: Option<String>) {
-        panic!("unable to change user");
+    fn set_auth_id(&mut self, _auth_id: Option<String>) {
+        panic!("unable to change auth_id");
     }
 
-    fn get_user(&self) -> Option<String> {
-        Some(self.user.to_string())
+    fn get_auth_id(&self) -> Option<String> {
+        Some(self.auth_id.to_string())
     }
 }
 

src/api2/backup/upload_chunk.rs

@@ -61,12 +61,15 @@ impl Future for UploadChunk {
                         let (is_duplicate, compressed_size) = match proxmox::try_block! {
                             let mut chunk = DataBlob::from_raw(raw_data)?;
 
-                            chunk.verify_unencrypted(this.size as usize, &this.digest)?;
+                            tools::runtime::block_in_place(|| {
+                                chunk.verify_unencrypted(this.size as usize, &this.digest)?;
 
-                            // always comput CRC at server side
-                            chunk.set_crc(chunk.compute_crc());
+                                // always comput CRC at server side
+                                chunk.set_crc(chunk.compute_crc());
+
+                                this.store.insert_chunk(&chunk, &this.digest)
+                            })
 
-                            this.store.insert_chunk(&chunk, &this.digest)
                         } {
                             Ok(res) => res,
                             Err(err) => break err,

src/api2/config.rs

@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ use proxmox::list_subdirs_api_method;
 pub mod datastore;
 pub mod remote;
 pub mod sync;
+pub mod verify;
 
 const SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &[
     ("datastore", &datastore::ROUTER),
     ("remote", &remote::ROUTER),
     ("sync", &sync::ROUTER),
+    ("verify", &verify::ROUTER)
 ];
 
 pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()

src/api2/config/datastore.rs

@@ -5,13 +5,15 @@ use serde_json::Value;
 use ::serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
 
 use proxmox::api::{api, Router, RpcEnvironment, Permission};
+use proxmox::api::schema::parse_property_string;
 use proxmox::tools::fs::open_file_locked;
 
 use crate::api2::types::*;
 use crate::backup::*;
 use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
 use crate::config::datastore::{self, DataStoreConfig, DIR_NAME_SCHEMA};
-use crate::config::acl::{PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT, PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY};
+use crate::config::acl::{PRIV_DATASTORE_ALLOCATE, PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT, PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY};
+use crate::server::jobstate;
 
 #[api(
     input: {
@@ -34,14 +36,14 @@ pub fn list_datastores(
 
     let (config, digest) = datastore::config()?;
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
     let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
     rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
 
     let list:Vec<DataStoreConfig> = config.convert_to_typed_array("datastore")?;
     let filter_by_privs = |store: &DataStoreConfig| {
-        let user_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&userid, &["datastore", &store.name]);
+        let user_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &store.name]);
         (user_privs & PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT) != 0
     };
 
@@ -67,6 +69,14 @@ pub fn list_datastores(
                 optional: true,
                 schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
             },
+            "notify-user": {
+                optional: true,
+                type: Userid,
+            },
+            "notify": {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: DATASTORE_NOTIFY_STRING_SCHEMA,
+            },
             "gc-schedule": {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: GC_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
@@ -75,10 +85,6 @@ pub fn list_datastores(
                 optional: true,
                 schema: PRUNE_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
             },
-            "verify-schedule": {
-                optional: true,
-                schema: VERIFY_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
-            },
             "keep-last": {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_LAST,
@@ -106,13 +112,13 @@ pub fn list_datastores(
         },
     },
     access: {
-        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["datastore"], PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY, false),
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["datastore"], PRIV_DATASTORE_ALLOCATE, false),
     },
 )]
 /// Create new datastore config.
 pub fn create_datastore(param: Value) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(datastore::DATASTORE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(datastore::DATASTORE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let datastore: datastore::DataStoreConfig = serde_json::from_value(param.clone())?;
 
@@ -131,7 +137,8 @@ pub fn create_datastore(param: Value) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
     datastore::save_config(&config)?;
 
-    crate::config::jobstate::create_state_file("prune", &datastore.name)?;
+    jobstate::create_state_file("prune", &datastore.name)?;
+    jobstate::create_state_file("garbage_collection", &datastore.name)?;
 
     Ok(())
 }
@@ -177,8 +184,6 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
     gc_schedule,
     /// Delete the prune job schedule.
     prune_schedule,
-    /// Delete the verify schedule property
-    verify_schedule,
     /// Delete the keep-last property
     keep_last,
     /// Delete the keep-hourly property
@@ -191,6 +196,12 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
     keep_monthly,
     /// Delete the keep-yearly property
     keep_yearly,
+    /// Delete the verify-new property
+    verify_new,
+    /// Delete the notify-user property
+    notify_user,
+    /// Delete the notify property
+    notify,
 }
 
 #[api(
@@ -204,6 +215,14 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
             },
+            "notify-user": {
+                optional: true,
+                type: Userid,
+            },
+            "notify": {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: DATASTORE_NOTIFY_STRING_SCHEMA,
+            },
             "gc-schedule": {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: GC_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
@@ -212,10 +231,6 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: PRUNE_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
             },
-            "verify-schedule": {
-                optional: true,
-                schema: VERIFY_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
-            },
             "keep-last": {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_LAST,
@@ -240,6 +255,12 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: PRUNE_SCHEMA_KEEP_YEARLY,
             },
+            "verify-new": {
+                description: "If enabled, all new backups will be verified right after completion.",
+                type: bool,
+                optional: true,
+                default: false,
+            },
             delete: {
                 description: "List of properties to delete.",
                 type: Array,
@@ -264,18 +285,20 @@ pub fn update_datastore(
     comment: Option<String>,
     gc_schedule: Option<String>,
     prune_schedule: Option<String>,
-    verify_schedule: Option<String>,
     keep_last: Option<u64>,
     keep_hourly: Option<u64>,
     keep_daily: Option<u64>,
     keep_weekly: Option<u64>,
     keep_monthly: Option<u64>,
     keep_yearly: Option<u64>,
+    verify_new: Option<bool>,
+    notify: Option<String>,
+    notify_user: Option<Userid>,
     delete: Option<Vec<DeletableProperty>>,
     digest: Option<String>,
 ) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(datastore::DATASTORE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(datastore::DATASTORE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     // pass/compare digest
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = datastore::config()?;
@@ -293,13 +316,15 @@ pub fn update_datastore(
                 DeletableProperty::comment => { data.comment = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::gc_schedule => { data.gc_schedule = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::prune_schedule => { data.prune_schedule = None; },
-                DeletableProperty::verify_schedule => { data.verify_schedule = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::keep_last => { data.keep_last = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::keep_hourly => { data.keep_hourly = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::keep_daily => { data.keep_daily = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::keep_weekly => { data.keep_weekly = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::keep_monthly => { data.keep_monthly = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::keep_yearly => { data.keep_yearly = None; },
+                DeletableProperty::verify_new => { data.verify_new = None; },
+                DeletableProperty::notify => { data.notify = None; },
+                DeletableProperty::notify_user => { data.notify_user = None; },
             }
         }
     }
@@ -313,13 +338,17 @@ pub fn update_datastore(
         }
     }
 
-    if gc_schedule.is_some() { data.gc_schedule = gc_schedule; }
+    let mut gc_schedule_changed = false;
+    if gc_schedule.is_some() {
+        gc_schedule_changed = data.gc_schedule != gc_schedule;
+        data.gc_schedule = gc_schedule;
+    }
+
     let mut prune_schedule_changed = false;
     if prune_schedule.is_some() {
-        prune_schedule_changed = true;
+        prune_schedule_changed = data.prune_schedule != prune_schedule;
         data.prune_schedule = prune_schedule;
     }
-    if verify_schedule.is_some() { data.verify_schedule = verify_schedule; }
 
     if keep_last.is_some() { data.keep_last = keep_last; }
     if keep_hourly.is_some() { data.keep_hourly = keep_hourly; }
@@ -328,14 +357,31 @@ pub fn update_datastore(
     if keep_monthly.is_some() { data.keep_monthly = keep_monthly; }
     if keep_yearly.is_some() { data.keep_yearly = keep_yearly; }
 
+    if let Some(notify_str) = notify {
+        let value = parse_property_string(&notify_str, &DatastoreNotify::API_SCHEMA)?;
+        let notify: DatastoreNotify = serde_json::from_value(value)?;
+        if let  DatastoreNotify { gc: None, verify: None, sync: None } = notify {
+            data.notify = None;
+        } else {
+            data.notify = Some(notify_str);
+        }
+    }
+    if verify_new.is_some() { data.verify_new = verify_new; }
+
+    if notify_user.is_some() { data.notify_user = notify_user; }
+
     config.set_data(&name, "datastore", &data)?;
 
     datastore::save_config(&config)?;
 
-    // we want to reset the statefile, to avoid an immediate sync in some cases
+    // we want to reset the statefiles, to avoid an immediate action in some cases
     // (e.g. going from monthly to weekly in the second week of the month)
+    if gc_schedule_changed {
+        jobstate::create_state_file("garbage_collection", &name)?;
+    }
+
     if prune_schedule_changed {
-        crate::config::jobstate::create_state_file("prune", &name)?;
+        jobstate::create_state_file("prune", &name)?;
     }
 
     Ok(())
@@ -355,13 +401,13 @@ pub fn update_datastore(
         },
     },
     access: {
-        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["datastore", "{name}"], PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY, false),
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["datastore", "{name}"], PRIV_DATASTORE_ALLOCATE, false),
     },
 )]
 /// Remove a datastore configuration.
 pub fn delete_datastore(name: String, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(datastore::DATASTORE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(datastore::DATASTORE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = datastore::config()?;
 
@@ -377,7 +423,9 @@ pub fn delete_datastore(name: String, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Erro
 
     datastore::save_config(&config)?;
 
-    crate::config::jobstate::remove_state_file("prune", &name)?;
+    // ignore errors
+    let _ = jobstate::remove_state_file("prune", &name);
+    let _ = jobstate::remove_state_file("garbage_collection", &name);
 
     Ok(())
 }

src/api2/config/remote.rs

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
-use anyhow::{bail, Error};
+use anyhow::{bail, format_err, Error};
 use serde_json::Value;
 use ::serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
-use base64;
 
 use proxmox::api::{api, ApiMethod, Router, RpcEnvironment, Permission};
+use proxmox::http_err;
 use proxmox::tools::fs::open_file_locked;
 
 use crate::api2::types::*;
+use crate::client::{HttpClient, HttpClientOptions};
+use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
 use crate::config::remote;
 use crate::config::acl::{PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT, PRIV_REMOTE_MODIFY};
 
@@ -23,7 +25,8 @@ use crate::config::acl::{PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT, PRIV_REMOTE_MODIFY};
         },
     },
     access: {
-        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["remote"], PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT, false),
+        description: "List configured remotes filtered by Remote.Audit privileges",
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
     },
 )]
 /// List all remotes
@@ -32,16 +35,25 @@ pub fn list_remotes(
     _info: &ApiMethod,
     mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Vec<remote::Remote>, Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
     let (config, digest) = remote::config()?;
 
     let mut list: Vec<remote::Remote> = config.convert_to_typed_array("remote")?;
-
     // don't return password in api
     for remote in &mut list {
         remote.password = "".to_string();
     }
 
+    let list = list
+        .into_iter()
+        .filter(|remote| {
+            let privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["remote", &remote.name]);
+            privs & PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT != 0
+        })
+        .collect();
+
     rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
     Ok(list)
 }
@@ -60,8 +72,14 @@ pub fn list_remotes(
             host: {
                 schema: DNS_NAME_OR_IP_SCHEMA,
             },
-            userid: {
-                type: Userid,
+            port: {
+                description: "The (optional) port.",
+                type: u16,
+                optional: true,
+                default: 8007,
+            },
+            "auth-id": {
+                type: Authid,
             },
             password: {
                 schema: remote::REMOTE_PASSWORD_SCHEMA,
@@ -79,7 +97,7 @@ pub fn list_remotes(
 /// Create new remote.
 pub fn create_remote(password: String, param: Value) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(remote::REMOTE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(remote::REMOTE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let mut data = param.clone();
     data["password"] = Value::from(base64::encode(password.as_bytes()));
@@ -136,6 +154,8 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
     comment,
     /// Delete the fingerprint property.
     fingerprint,
+    /// Delete the port property.
+    port,
 }
 
 #[api(
@@ -153,9 +173,14 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
                 optional: true,
                 schema: DNS_NAME_OR_IP_SCHEMA,
             },
-            userid: {
+            port: {
+                description: "The (optional) port.",
+                type: u16,
                 optional: true,
-                type: Userid,
+            },
+            "auth-id": {
+                optional: true,
+                type: Authid,
             },
             password: {
                 optional: true,
@@ -188,14 +213,15 @@ pub fn update_remote(
     name: String,
     comment: Option<String>,
     host: Option<String>,
-    userid: Option<Userid>,
+    port: Option<u16>,
+    auth_id: Option<Authid>,
     password: Option<String>,
     fingerprint: Option<String>,
     delete: Option<Vec<DeletableProperty>>,
     digest: Option<String>,
 ) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(remote::REMOTE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(remote::REMOTE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = remote::config()?;
 
@@ -211,6 +237,7 @@ pub fn update_remote(
             match delete_prop {
                 DeletableProperty::comment => { data.comment = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::fingerprint => { data.fingerprint = None; },
+                DeletableProperty::port => { data.port = None; },
             }
         }
     }
@@ -224,7 +251,8 @@ pub fn update_remote(
         }
     }
     if let Some(host) = host { data.host = host; }
-    if let Some(userid) = userid { data.userid = userid; }
+    if port.is_some() { data.port = port; }
+    if let Some(auth_id) = auth_id { data.auth_id = auth_id; }
     if let Some(password) = password { data.password = password; }
 
     if let Some(fingerprint) = fingerprint { data.fingerprint = Some(fingerprint); }
@@ -256,7 +284,18 @@ pub fn update_remote(
 /// Remove a remote from the configuration file.
 pub fn delete_remote(name: String, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(remote::REMOTE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    use crate::config::sync::{self, SyncJobConfig};
+
+    let (sync_jobs, _) = sync::config()?;
+
+    let job_list: Vec<SyncJobConfig>  = sync_jobs.convert_to_typed_array("sync")?;
+    for job in job_list {
+        if job.remote == name {
+            bail!("remote '{}' is used by sync job '{}' (datastore '{}')", name, job.id, job.store);
+        }
+    }
+
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(remote::REMOTE_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = remote::config()?;
 
@@ -275,10 +314,83 @@ pub fn delete_remote(name: String, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Error>
     Ok(())
 }
 
+/// Helper to get client for remote.cfg entry
+pub async fn remote_client(remote: remote::Remote) -> Result<HttpClient, Error> {
+    let options = HttpClientOptions::new()
+        .password(Some(remote.password.clone()))
+        .fingerprint(remote.fingerprint.clone());
+
+    let client = HttpClient::new(
+        &remote.host,
+        remote.port.unwrap_or(8007),
+        &remote.auth_id,
+        options)?;
+    let _auth_info = client.login() // make sure we can auth
+        .await
+        .map_err(|err| format_err!("remote connection to '{}' failed - {}", remote.host, err))?;
+
+    Ok(client)
+}
+
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            name: {
+                schema: REMOTE_ID_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["remote", "{name}"], PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT, false),
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "List the accessible datastores.",
+        type: Array,
+        items: {
+            description: "Datastore name and description.",
+            type: DataStoreListItem,
+        },
+    },
+)]
+/// List datastores of a remote.cfg entry
+pub async fn scan_remote_datastores(name: String) -> Result<Vec<DataStoreListItem>, Error> {
+    let (remote_config, _digest) = remote::config()?;
+    let remote: remote::Remote = remote_config.lookup("remote", &name)?;
+
+    let map_remote_err = |api_err| {
+        http_err!(INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR,
+                  "failed to scan remote '{}' - {}",
+                  &name,
+                  api_err)
+    };
+
+    let client = remote_client(remote)
+        .await
+        .map_err(map_remote_err)?;
+    let api_res = client
+        .get("api2/json/admin/datastore", None)
+        .await
+        .map_err(map_remote_err)?;
+    let parse_res = match api_res.get("data") {
+        Some(data) => serde_json::from_value::<Vec<DataStoreListItem>>(data.to_owned()),
+        None => bail!("remote {} did not return any datastore list data", &name),
+    };
+
+    match parse_res {
+        Ok(parsed) => Ok(parsed),
+        Err(_) => bail!("Failed to parse remote scan api result."),
+    }
+}
+
+const SCAN_ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&API_METHOD_SCAN_REMOTE_DATASTORES);
+
 const ITEM_ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
     .get(&API_METHOD_READ_REMOTE)
     .put(&API_METHOD_UPDATE_REMOTE)
-    .delete(&API_METHOD_DELETE_REMOTE);
+    .delete(&API_METHOD_DELETE_REMOTE)
+    .subdirs(&[("scan", &SCAN_ROUTER)]);
 
 pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
     .get(&API_METHOD_LIST_REMOTES)

src/api2/config/sync.rs

@@ -2,13 +2,73 @@ use anyhow::{bail, Error};
 use serde_json::Value;
 use ::serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
 
-use proxmox::api::{api, Router, RpcEnvironment};
+use proxmox::api::{api, Permission, Router, RpcEnvironment};
 use proxmox::tools::fs::open_file_locked;
 
 use crate::api2::types::*;
+
+use crate::config::acl::{
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT,
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP,
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY,
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_PRUNE,
+    PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT,
+    PRIV_REMOTE_READ,
+};
+
+use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
 use crate::config::sync::{self, SyncJobConfig};
 
-// fixme: add access permissions
+pub fn check_sync_job_read_access(
+    user_info: &CachedUserInfo,
+    auth_id: &Authid,
+    job: &SyncJobConfig,
+) -> bool {
+    let datastore_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &job.store]);
+    if datastore_privs & PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT == 0 {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    let remote_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["remote", &job.remote]);
+    remote_privs & PRIV_REMOTE_AUDIT != 0
+}
+
+// user can run the corresponding pull job
+pub fn check_sync_job_modify_access(
+    user_info: &CachedUserInfo,
+    auth_id: &Authid,
+    job: &SyncJobConfig,
+) -> bool {
+    let datastore_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &job.store]);
+    if datastore_privs & PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP == 0 {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if let Some(true) = job.remove_vanished {
+        if datastore_privs & PRIV_DATASTORE_PRUNE == 0 {
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    let correct_owner = match job.owner {
+        Some(ref owner) => {
+            owner == auth_id
+                || (owner.is_token()
+                    && !auth_id.is_token()
+                    && owner.user() == auth_id.user())
+        },
+        // default sync owner
+        None => auth_id == Authid::root_auth_id(),
+    };
+
+    // same permission as changing ownership after syncing
+    if !correct_owner && datastore_privs & PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY == 0 {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    let remote_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["remote", &job.remote, &job.remote_store]);
+    remote_privs & PRIV_REMOTE_READ != 0
+}
 
 #[api(
     input: {
@@ -19,12 +79,18 @@ use crate::config::sync::{self, SyncJobConfig};
         type: Array,
         items: { type: sync::SyncJobConfig },
     },
+    access: {
+        description: "Limited to sync job entries where user has Datastore.Audit on target datastore, and Remote.Audit on source remote.",
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+    },
 )]
 /// List all sync jobs
 pub fn list_sync_jobs(
     _param: Value,
     mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Vec<SyncJobConfig>, Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
     let (config, digest) = sync::config()?;
 
@@ -32,7 +98,11 @@ pub fn list_sync_jobs(
 
     rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
 
-    Ok(list)
+    let list = list
+        .into_iter()
+        .filter(|sync_job| check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &auth_id, &sync_job))
+        .collect();
+   Ok(list)
 }
 
 #[api(
@@ -45,6 +115,10 @@ pub fn list_sync_jobs(
             store: {
                 schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
             },
+            owner: {
+                type: Authid,
+                optional: true,
+            },
             remote: {
                 schema: REMOTE_ID_SCHEMA,
             },
@@ -65,13 +139,25 @@ pub fn list_sync_jobs(
             },
         },
     },
+    access: {
+        description: "User needs Datastore.Backup on target datastore, and Remote.Read on source remote. Additionally, remove_vanished requires Datastore.Prune, and any owner other than the user themselves requires Datastore.Modify",
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+    },
 )]
 /// Create a new sync job.
-pub fn create_sync_job(param: Value) -> Result<(), Error> {
+pub fn create_sync_job(
+    param: Value,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(sync::SYNC_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(sync::SYNC_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let sync_job: sync::SyncJobConfig = serde_json::from_value(param.clone())?;
+    if !check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &auth_id, &sync_job) {
+        bail!("permission check failed");
+    }
 
     let (mut config, _digest) = sync::config()?;
 
@@ -83,7 +169,7 @@ pub fn create_sync_job(param: Value) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
     sync::save_config(&config)?;
 
-    crate::config::jobstate::create_state_file("syncjob", &sync_job.id)?;
+    crate::server::jobstate::create_state_file("syncjob", &sync_job.id)?;
 
     Ok(())
 }
@@ -100,15 +186,26 @@ pub fn create_sync_job(param: Value) -> Result<(), Error> {
         description: "The sync job configuration.",
         type: sync::SyncJobConfig,
     },
+    access: {
+        description: "Limited to sync job entries where user has Datastore.Audit on target datastore, and Remote.Audit on source remote.",
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+    },
 )]
 /// Read a sync job configuration.
 pub fn read_sync_job(
     id: String,
     mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<SyncJobConfig, Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
     let (config, digest) = sync::config()?;
 
     let sync_job = config.lookup("sync", &id)?;
+    if !check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &auth_id, &sync_job) {
+        bail!("permission check failed");
+    }
+
     rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
 
     Ok(sync_job)
@@ -120,6 +217,8 @@ pub fn read_sync_job(
 #[allow(non_camel_case_types)]
 /// Deletable property name
 pub enum DeletableProperty {
+    /// Delete the owner property.
+    owner,
     /// Delete the comment property.
     comment,
     /// Delete the job schedule.
@@ -139,6 +238,10 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
                 schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
                 optional: true,
             },
+            owner: {
+                type: Authid,
+                optional: true,
+            },
             remote: {
                 schema: REMOTE_ID_SCHEMA,
                 optional: true,
@@ -173,11 +276,16 @@ pub enum DeletableProperty {
             },
         },
     },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "User needs Datastore.Backup on target datastore, and Remote.Read on source remote. Additionally, remove_vanished requires Datastore.Prune, and any owner other than the user themselves requires Datastore.Modify",
+    },
 )]
 /// Update sync job config.
 pub fn update_sync_job(
     id: String,
     store: Option<String>,
+    owner: Option<Authid>,
     remote: Option<String>,
     remote_store: Option<String>,
     remove_vanished: Option<bool>,
@@ -185,9 +293,12 @@ pub fn update_sync_job(
     schedule: Option<String>,
     delete: Option<Vec<DeletableProperty>>,
     digest: Option<String>,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(sync::SYNC_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(sync::SYNC_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     // pass/compare digest
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = sync::config()?;
@@ -202,6 +313,7 @@ pub fn update_sync_job(
      if let Some(delete) = delete {
         for delete_prop in delete {
             match delete_prop {
+                DeletableProperty::owner => { data.owner = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::comment => { data.comment = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::schedule => { data.schedule = None; },
                 DeletableProperty::remove_vanished => { data.remove_vanished = None; },
@@ -221,11 +333,15 @@ pub fn update_sync_job(
     if let Some(store) = store { data.store = store; }
     if let Some(remote) = remote { data.remote = remote; }
     if let Some(remote_store) = remote_store { data.remote_store = remote_store; }
-        
-    
+    if let Some(owner) = owner { data.owner = Some(owner); }
+
     if schedule.is_some() { data.schedule = schedule; }
     if remove_vanished.is_some() { data.remove_vanished = remove_vanished; }
 
+    if !check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &auth_id, &data) {
+        bail!("permission check failed");
+    }
+
     config.set_data(&id, "sync", &data)?;
 
     sync::save_config(&config)?;
@@ -246,11 +362,21 @@ pub fn update_sync_job(
             },
         },
     },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "User needs Datastore.Backup on target datastore, and Remote.Read on source remote. Additionally, remove_vanished requires Datastore.Prune, and any owner other than the user themselves requires Datastore.Modify",
+    },
 )]
 /// Remove a sync job configuration
-pub fn delete_sync_job(id: String, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Error> {
+pub fn delete_sync_job(
+    id: String,
+    digest: Option<String>,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(sync::SYNC_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(sync::SYNC_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = sync::config()?;
 
@@ -259,14 +385,19 @@ pub fn delete_sync_job(id: String, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Error>
         crate::tools::detect_modified_configuration_file(&digest, &expected_digest)?;
     }
 
-    match config.sections.get(&id) {
-        Some(_) => { config.sections.remove(&id); },
-        None => bail!("job '{}' does not exist.", id),
-    }
+    match config.lookup("sync", &id) {
+        Ok(job) => {
+            if !check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &auth_id, &job) {
+                bail!("permission check failed");
+            }
+            config.sections.remove(&id);
+        },
+        Err(_) => { bail!("job '{}' does not exist.", id) },
+    };
 
     sync::save_config(&config)?;
 
-    crate::config::jobstate::remove_state_file("syncjob", &id)?;
+    crate::server::jobstate::remove_state_file("syncjob", &id)?;
 
     Ok(())
 }
@@ -280,3 +411,116 @@ pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
     .get(&API_METHOD_LIST_SYNC_JOBS)
     .post(&API_METHOD_CREATE_SYNC_JOB)
     .match_all("id", &ITEM_ROUTER);
+
+
+#[test]
+fn sync_job_access_test() -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let (user_cfg, _) = crate::config::user::test_cfg_from_str(r###"
+user: noperm@pbs
+
+user: read@pbs
+
+user: write@pbs
+
+"###).expect("test user.cfg is not parsable");
+    let acl_tree = crate::config::acl::AclTree::from_raw(r###"
+acl:1:/datastore/localstore1:read@pbs,write@pbs:DatastoreAudit
+acl:1:/datastore/localstore1:write@pbs:DatastoreBackup
+acl:1:/datastore/localstore2:write@pbs:DatastorePowerUser
+acl:1:/datastore/localstore3:write@pbs:DatastoreAdmin
+acl:1:/remote/remote1:read@pbs,write@pbs:RemoteAudit
+acl:1:/remote/remote1/remotestore1:write@pbs:RemoteSyncOperator
+"###).expect("test acl.cfg is not parsable");
+
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::test_new(user_cfg, acl_tree);
+
+    let root_auth_id = Authid::root_auth_id();
+
+    let no_perm_auth_id: Authid = "noperm@pbs".parse()?;
+    let read_auth_id: Authid = "read@pbs".parse()?;
+    let write_auth_id: Authid = "write@pbs".parse()?;
+
+    let mut job = SyncJobConfig {
+        id: "regular".to_string(),
+        remote: "remote0".to_string(),
+        remote_store: "remotestore1".to_string(),
+        store: "localstore0".to_string(),
+        owner: Some(write_auth_id.clone()),
+        comment: None,
+        remove_vanished: None,
+        schedule: None,
+    };
+
+    // should work without ACLs
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &root_auth_id, &job), true);
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &root_auth_id, &job), true);
+
+    // user without permissions must fail
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &no_perm_auth_id, &job), false);
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &no_perm_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // reading without proper read permissions on either remote or local must fail
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &read_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // reading without proper read permissions on local end must fail
+    job.remote = "remote1".to_string();
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &read_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // reading without proper read permissions on remote end must fail
+    job.remote = "remote0".to_string();
+    job.store = "localstore1".to_string();
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &read_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // writing without proper write permissions on either end must fail
+    job.store = "localstore0".to_string();
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // writing without proper write permissions on local end must fail
+    job.remote = "remote1".to_string();
+
+    // writing without proper write permissions on remote end must fail
+    job.remote = "remote0".to_string();
+    job.store = "localstore1".to_string();
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // reset remote to one where users have access
+    job.remote = "remote1".to_string();
+
+    // user with read permission can only read, but not modify/run
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &read_auth_id, &job), true);
+    job.owner = Some(read_auth_id.clone());
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &read_auth_id, &job), false);
+    job.owner = None;
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &read_auth_id, &job), false);
+    job.owner = Some(write_auth_id.clone());
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &read_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // user with simple write permission can modify/run
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_read_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), true);
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), true);
+
+    // but can't modify/run with deletion
+    job.remove_vanished = Some(true);
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // unless they have Datastore.Prune as well
+    job.store = "localstore2".to_string();
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), true);
+
+    // changing owner is not possible
+    job.owner = Some(read_auth_id.clone());
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // also not to the default 'root@pam'
+    job.owner = None;
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), false);
+
+    // unless they have Datastore.Modify as well
+    job.store = "localstore3".to_string();
+    job.owner = Some(read_auth_id.clone());
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), true);
+    job.owner = None;
+    assert_eq!(check_sync_job_modify_access(&user_info, &write_auth_id, &job), true);
+
+    Ok(())
+}

src/api2/config/verify.rs

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+use anyhow::{bail, Error};
+use serde_json::Value;
+use ::serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
+
+use proxmox::api::{api, Permission, Router, RpcEnvironment};
+use proxmox::tools::fs::open_file_locked;
+
+use crate::api2::types::*;
+
+use crate::config::acl::{
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT,
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY,
+};
+
+use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
+
+use crate::config::verify::{self, VerificationJobConfig};
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {},
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "List configured jobs.",
+        type: Array,
+        items: { type: verify::VerificationJobConfig },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Datastore.Audit or Datastore.Verify on datastore.",
+    },
+)]
+/// List all verification jobs
+pub fn list_verification_jobs(
+    _param: Value,
+    mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<Vec<VerificationJobConfig>, Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let required_privs = PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT | PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY;
+
+    let (config, digest) = verify::config()?;
+
+    let list = config.convert_to_typed_array("verification")?;
+
+    let list = list.into_iter()
+        .filter(|job: &VerificationJobConfig| {
+            let privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &job.store]);
+
+            privs & required_privs != 00
+        }).collect();
+
+    rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
+
+    Ok(list)
+}
+
+
+#[api(
+    protected: true,
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            id: {
+                schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            store: {
+                schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            "ignore-verified": {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: IGNORE_VERIFIED_BACKUPS_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            "outdated-after": {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: VERIFICATION_OUTDATED_AFTER_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            comment: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            schedule: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: VERIFICATION_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        }
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Datastore.Verify on job's datastore.",
+    },
+)]
+/// Create a new verification job.
+pub fn create_verification_job(
+    param: Value,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let verification_job: verify::VerificationJobConfig = serde_json::from_value(param.clone())?;
+
+    user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &verification_job.store], PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY, false)?;
+
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(verify::VERIFICATION_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
+
+    let (mut config, _digest) = verify::config()?;
+
+    if let Some(_) = config.sections.get(&verification_job.id) {
+        bail!("job '{}' already exists.", verification_job.id);
+    }
+
+    config.set_data(&verification_job.id, "verification", &verification_job)?;
+
+    verify::save_config(&config)?;
+
+    crate::server::jobstate::create_state_file("verificationjob", &verification_job.id)?;
+
+    Ok(())
+}
+
+#[api(
+   input: {
+        properties: {
+            id: {
+                schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "The verification job configuration.",
+        type: verify::VerificationJobConfig,
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Datastore.Audit or Datastore.Verify on job's datastore.",
+    },
+)]
+/// Read a verification job configuration.
+pub fn read_verification_job(
+    id: String,
+    mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<VerificationJobConfig, Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let (config, digest) = verify::config()?;
+
+    let verification_job: verify::VerificationJobConfig = config.lookup("verification", &id)?;
+
+    let required_privs = PRIV_DATASTORE_AUDIT | PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY;
+    user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &verification_job.store], required_privs, true)?;
+
+    rpcenv["digest"] = proxmox::tools::digest_to_hex(&digest).into();
+
+    Ok(verification_job)
+}
+
+#[api()]
+#[derive(Serialize, Deserialize)]
+#[serde(rename_all="kebab-case")]
+/// Deletable property name
+pub enum DeletableProperty {
+    /// Delete the ignore verified property.
+    IgnoreVerified,
+    /// Delete the comment property.
+    Comment,
+    /// Delete the job schedule.
+    Schedule,
+    /// Delete outdated after property.
+    OutdatedAfter
+}
+
+#[api(
+    protected: true,
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            id: {
+                schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            store: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: DATASTORE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            "ignore-verified": {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: IGNORE_VERIFIED_BACKUPS_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            "outdated-after": {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: VERIFICATION_OUTDATED_AFTER_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            comment: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: SINGLE_LINE_COMMENT_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            schedule: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: VERIFICATION_SCHEDULE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            delete: {
+                description: "List of properties to delete.",
+                type: Array,
+                optional: true,
+                items: {
+                    type: DeletableProperty,
+                }
+            },
+            digest: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: PROXMOX_CONFIG_DIGEST_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Datastore.Verify on job's datastore.",
+    },
+)]
+/// Update verification job config.
+pub fn update_verification_job(
+    id: String,
+    store: Option<String>,
+    ignore_verified: Option<bool>,
+    outdated_after: Option<i64>,
+    comment: Option<String>,
+    schedule: Option<String>,
+    delete: Option<Vec<DeletableProperty>>,
+    digest: Option<String>,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(verify::VERIFICATION_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
+
+    // pass/compare digest
+    let (mut config, expected_digest) = verify::config()?;
+
+    if let Some(ref digest) = digest {
+        let digest = proxmox::tools::hex_to_digest(digest)?;
+        crate::tools::detect_modified_configuration_file(&digest, &expected_digest)?;
+    }
+
+    let mut data: verify::VerificationJobConfig = config.lookup("verification", &id)?;
+
+    // check existing store
+    user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &data.store], PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY, true)?;
+
+    if let Some(delete) = delete {
+        for delete_prop in delete {
+            match delete_prop {
+                DeletableProperty::IgnoreVerified => { data.ignore_verified = None; },
+                DeletableProperty::OutdatedAfter => { data.outdated_after = None; },
+                DeletableProperty::Comment => { data.comment = None; },
+                DeletableProperty::Schedule => { data.schedule = None; },
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if let Some(comment) = comment {
+        let comment = comment.trim().to_string();
+        if comment.is_empty() {
+            data.comment = None;
+        } else {
+            data.comment = Some(comment);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if let Some(store) = store {
+        // check new store
+        user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &store], PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY, true)?;
+        data.store = store;
+    }
+
+
+    if ignore_verified.is_some() { data.ignore_verified = ignore_verified; }
+    if outdated_after.is_some() { data.outdated_after = outdated_after; }
+    if schedule.is_some() { data.schedule = schedule; }
+
+    config.set_data(&id, "verification", &data)?;
+
+    verify::save_config(&config)?;
+
+    Ok(())
+}
+
+#[api(
+    protected: true,
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            id: {
+                schema: JOB_ID_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            digest: {
+                optional: true,
+                schema: PROXMOX_CONFIG_DIGEST_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Anybody,
+        description: "Requires Datastore.Verify on job's datastore.",
+    },
+)]
+/// Remove a verification job configuration
+pub fn delete_verification_job(
+    id: String,
+    digest: Option<String>,
+    rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(verify::VERIFICATION_CFG_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
+
+    let (mut config, expected_digest) = verify::config()?;
+
+    let job: verify::VerificationJobConfig = config.lookup("verification", &id)?;
+    user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &["datastore", &job.store], PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY, true)?;
+
+    if let Some(ref digest) = digest {
+        let digest = proxmox::tools::hex_to_digest(digest)?;
+        crate::tools::detect_modified_configuration_file(&digest, &expected_digest)?;
+    }
+
+    match config.sections.get(&id) {
+        Some(_) => { config.sections.remove(&id); },
+        None => bail!("job '{}' does not exist.", id),
+    }
+
+    verify::save_config(&config)?;
+
+    crate::server::jobstate::remove_state_file("verificationjob", &id)?;
+
+    Ok(())
+}
+
+const ITEM_ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&API_METHOD_READ_VERIFICATION_JOB)
+    .put(&API_METHOD_UPDATE_VERIFICATION_JOB)
+    .delete(&API_METHOD_DELETE_VERIFICATION_JOB);
+
+pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&API_METHOD_LIST_VERIFICATION_JOBS)
+    .post(&API_METHOD_CREATE_VERIFICATION_JOB)
+    .match_all("id", &ITEM_ROUTER);

src/api2/node.rs

@@ -24,20 +24,21 @@ use crate::server::WorkerTask;
 use crate::tools;
 use crate::tools::ticket::{self, Empty, Ticket};
 
+pub mod apt;
 pub mod disks;
 pub mod dns;
 pub mod network;
 pub mod tasks;
+pub mod subscription;
 
 pub(crate) mod rrd;
 
-mod apt;
 mod journal;
-mod services;
+pub(crate) mod services;
 mod status;
-mod subscription;
 mod syslog;
 mod time;
+mod report;
 
 pub const SHELL_CMD_SCHEMA: Schema = StringSchema::new("The command to run.")
     .format(&ApiStringFormat::Enum(&[
@@ -91,10 +92,12 @@ async fn termproxy(
     cmd: Option<String>,
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
+    // intentionally user only for now
     let userid: Userid = rpcenv
-        .get_user()
+        .get_auth_id()
         .ok_or_else(|| format_err!("unknown user"))?
         .parse()?;
+    let auth_id = Authid::from(userid.clone());
 
     if userid.realm() != "pam" {
         bail!("only pam users can use the console");
@@ -137,7 +140,7 @@ async fn termproxy(
     let upid = WorkerTask::spawn(
         "termproxy",
         None,
-        userid,
+        auth_id,
         false,
         move |worker| async move {
             // move inside the worker so that it survives and does not close the port
@@ -272,7 +275,8 @@ fn upgrade_to_websocket(
     rpcenv: Box<dyn RpcEnvironment>,
 ) -> ApiResponseFuture {
     async move {
-        let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+        // intentionally user only for now
+        let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
         let ticket = tools::required_string_param(&param, "vncticket")?;
         let port: u16 = tools::required_integer_param(&param, "port")? as u16;
 
@@ -307,6 +311,7 @@ pub const SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &[
     ("dns", &dns::ROUTER),
     ("journal", &journal::ROUTER),
     ("network", &network::ROUTER),
+    ("report", &report::ROUTER),
     ("rrd", &rrd::ROUTER),
     ("services", &services::ROUTER),
     ("status", &status::ROUTER),

src/api2/node/apt.rs

@@ -1,186 +1,16 @@
-use apt_pkg_native::Cache;
-use anyhow::{Error, bail};
+use anyhow::{Error, bail, format_err};
 use serde_json::{json, Value};
+use std::collections::HashMap;
 
-use proxmox::{list_subdirs_api_method, const_regex};
+use proxmox::list_subdirs_api_method;
 use proxmox::api::{api, RpcEnvironment, RpcEnvironmentType, Permission};
 use proxmox::api::router::{Router, SubdirMap};
 
 use crate::server::WorkerTask;
+use crate::tools::{apt, http, subscription};
 
 use crate::config::acl::{PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, PRIV_SYS_MODIFY};
-use crate::api2::types::{APTUpdateInfo, NODE_SCHEMA, Userid, UPID_SCHEMA};
-
-const_regex! {
-    VERSION_EPOCH_REGEX = r"^\d+:";
-    FILENAME_EXTRACT_REGEX = r"^.*/.*?_(.*)_Packages$";
-}
-
-// FIXME: Replace with call to 'apt changelog <pkg> --print-uris'. Currently
-// not possible as our packages do not have a URI set in their Release file
-fn get_changelog_url(
-    package: &str,
-    filename: &str,
-    source_pkg: &str,
-    version: &str,
-    source_version: &str,
-    origin: &str,
-    component: &str,
-) -> Result<String, Error> {
-    if origin == "" {
-        bail!("no origin available for package {}", package);
-    }
-
-    if origin == "Debian" {
-        let source_version = (VERSION_EPOCH_REGEX.regex_obj)().replace_all(source_version, "");
-
-        let prefix = if source_pkg.starts_with("lib") {
-            source_pkg.get(0..4)
-        } else {
-            source_pkg.get(0..1)
-        };
-
-        let prefix = match prefix {
-            Some(p) => p,
-            None => bail!("cannot get starting characters of package name '{}'", package)
-        };
-
-        // note: security updates seem to not always upload a changelog for
-        // their package version, so this only works *most* of the time
-        return Ok(format!("https://metadata.ftp-master.debian.org/changelogs/main/{}/{}/{}_{}_changelog",
-                          prefix, source_pkg, source_pkg, source_version));
-
-    } else if origin == "Proxmox" {
-        let version = (VERSION_EPOCH_REGEX.regex_obj)().replace_all(version, "");
-
-        let base = match (FILENAME_EXTRACT_REGEX.regex_obj)().captures(filename) {
-            Some(captures) => {
-                let base_capture = captures.get(1);
-                match base_capture {
-                    Some(base_underscore) => base_underscore.as_str().replace("_", "/"),
-                    None => bail!("incompatible filename, cannot find regex group")
-                }
-            },
-            None => bail!("incompatible filename, doesn't match regex")
-        };
-
-        return Ok(format!("http://download.proxmox.com/{}/{}_{}.changelog",
-                          base, package, version));
-    }
-
-    bail!("unknown origin ({}) or component ({})", origin, component)
-}
-
-fn list_installed_apt_packages<F: Fn(&str, &str, &str) -> bool>(filter: F)
-    -> Vec<APTUpdateInfo> {
-
-    let mut ret = Vec::new();
-
-    // note: this is not an 'apt update', it just re-reads the cache from disk
-    let mut cache = Cache::get_singleton();
-    cache.reload();
-
-    let mut cache_iter = cache.iter();
-
-    loop {
-        let view = match cache_iter.next() {
-            Some(view) => view,
-            None => break
-        };
-
-        let current_version = match view.current_version() {
-            Some(vers) => vers,
-            None => continue
-        };
-        let candidate_version = match view.candidate_version() {
-            Some(vers) => vers,
-            // if there's no candidate (i.e. no update) get info of currently
-            // installed version instead
-            None => current_version.clone()
-        };
-
-        let package = view.name();
-        if filter(&package, &current_version, &candidate_version) {
-            let mut origin_res = "unknown".to_owned();
-            let mut section_res = "unknown".to_owned();
-            let mut priority_res = "unknown".to_owned();
-            let mut change_log_url = "".to_owned();
-            let mut short_desc = package.clone();
-            let mut long_desc = "".to_owned();
-
-            // get additional information via nested APT 'iterators'
-            let mut view_iter = view.versions();
-            while let Some(ver) = view_iter.next() {
-                if ver.version() == candidate_version {
-                    if let Some(section) = ver.section() {
-                        section_res = section;
-                    }
-
-                    if let Some(prio) = ver.priority_type() {
-                        priority_res = prio;
-                    }
-
-                    // assume every package has only one origin file (not
-                    // origin, but origin *file*, for some reason those seem to
-                    // be different concepts in APT)
-                    let mut origin_iter = ver.origin_iter();
-                    let origin = origin_iter.next();
-                    if let Some(origin) = origin {
-
-                        if let Some(sd) = origin.short_desc() {
-                            short_desc = sd;
-                        }
-
-                        if let Some(ld) = origin.long_desc() {
-                            long_desc = ld;
-                        }
-
-                        // the package files appear in priority order, meaning
-                        // the one for the candidate version is first
-                        let mut pkg_iter = origin.file();
-                        let pkg_file = pkg_iter.next();
-                        if let Some(pkg_file) = pkg_file {
-                            if let Some(origin_name) = pkg_file.origin() {
-                                origin_res = origin_name;
-                            }
-
-                            let filename = pkg_file.file_name();
-                            let source_pkg = ver.source_package();
-                            let source_ver = ver.source_version();
-                            let component = pkg_file.component();
-
-                            // build changelog URL from gathered information
-                            // ignore errors, use empty changelog instead
-                            let url = get_changelog_url(&package, &filename, &source_pkg,
-                                &candidate_version, &source_ver, &origin_res, &component);
-                            if let Ok(url) = url {
-                                change_log_url = url;
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-
-            let info = APTUpdateInfo {
-                package,
-                title: short_desc,
-                arch: view.arch(),
-                description: long_desc,
-                change_log_url,
-                origin: origin_res,
-                version: candidate_version,
-                old_version: current_version,
-                priority: priority_res,
-                section: section_res,
-            };
-            ret.push(info);
-        }
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
+use crate::api2::types::{Authid, APTUpdateInfo, NODE_SCHEMA, UPID_SCHEMA};
 
 #[api(
     input: {
@@ -193,16 +23,60 @@ fn list_installed_apt_packages<F: Fn(&str, &str, &str) -> bool>(filter: F)
     returns: {
         description: "A list of packages with available updates.",
         type: Array,
-        items: { type: APTUpdateInfo },
+        items: {
+            type: APTUpdateInfo
+        },
     },
+    protected: true,
     access: {
         permission: &Permission::Privilege(&[], PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, false),
     },
 )]
 /// List available APT updates
 fn apt_update_available(_param: Value) -> Result<Value, Error> {
-    let ret = list_installed_apt_packages(|_pkg, cur_ver, can_ver| cur_ver != can_ver);
-    Ok(json!(ret))
+
+    match apt::pkg_cache_expired() {
+        Ok(false) => {
+            if let Ok(Some(cache)) = apt::read_pkg_state() {
+                return Ok(json!(cache.package_status));
+            }
+        },
+        _ => (),
+    }
+
+    let cache = apt::update_cache()?;
+
+    return Ok(json!(cache.package_status));
+}
+
+fn do_apt_update(worker: &WorkerTask, quiet: bool) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    if !quiet { worker.log("starting apt-get update") }
+
+    // TODO: set proxy /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/76pbsproxy like PVE
+
+    let mut command = std::process::Command::new("apt-get");
+    command.arg("update");
+
+    // apt "errors" quite easily, and run_command is a bit rigid, so handle this inline for now.
+    let output = command.output()
+        .map_err(|err| format_err!("failed to execute {:?} - {}", command, err))?;
+
+    if !quiet {
+        worker.log(String::from_utf8(output.stdout)?);
+    }
+
+    // TODO: improve run_command to allow outputting both, stderr and stdout
+    if !output.status.success() {
+        if output.status.code().is_some() {
+            let msg = String::from_utf8(output.stderr)
+                .map(|m| if m.is_empty() { String::from("no error message") } else { m })
+                .unwrap_or_else(|_| String::from("non utf8 error message (suppressed)"));
+            worker.warn(msg);
+        } else {
+            bail!("terminated by signal");
+        }
+    }
+    Ok(())
 }
 
 #[api(
@@ -212,6 +86,13 @@ fn apt_update_available(_param: Value) -> Result<Value, Error> {
             node: {
                 schema: NODE_SCHEMA,
             },
+            notify: {
+                type: bool,
+                description: r#"Send notification mail about new package updates availanle to the
+                    email address configured for 'root@pam')."#,
+                optional: true,
+                default: false,
+            },
             quiet: {
                 description: "Only produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators.",
                 type: bool,
@@ -229,26 +110,46 @@ fn apt_update_available(_param: Value) -> Result<Value, Error> {
 )]
 /// Update the APT database
 pub fn apt_update_database(
+    notify: Option<bool>,
     quiet: Option<bool>,
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<String, Error> {
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
     let to_stdout = if rpcenv.env_type() == RpcEnvironmentType::CLI { true } else { false };
+    // FIXME: change to non-option in signature and drop below once we have proxmox-api-macro 0.2.3
     let quiet = quiet.unwrap_or(API_METHOD_APT_UPDATE_DATABASE_PARAM_DEFAULT_QUIET);
+    let notify = notify.unwrap_or(API_METHOD_APT_UPDATE_DATABASE_PARAM_DEFAULT_NOTIFY);
 
-    let upid_str = WorkerTask::new_thread("aptupdate", None, userid, to_stdout, move |worker| {
-        if !quiet { worker.log("starting apt-get update") }
+    let upid_str = WorkerTask::new_thread("aptupdate", None, auth_id, to_stdout, move |worker| {
+        do_apt_update(&worker, quiet)?;
 
-        // TODO: set proxy /etc/apt/apt.conf.d/76pbsproxy like PVE
+        let mut cache = apt::update_cache()?;
 
-        let mut command = std::process::Command::new("apt-get");
-        command.arg("update");
+        if notify {
+            let mut notified = match cache.notified {
+                Some(notified) => notified,
+                None => std::collections::HashMap::new(),
+            };
+            let mut to_notify: Vec<&APTUpdateInfo> = Vec::new();
 
-        let output = crate::tools::run_command(command, None)?;
-        if !quiet { worker.log(output) }
-
-        // TODO: add mail notify for new updates like PVE
+            for pkg in &cache.package_status {
+                match notified.insert(pkg.package.to_owned(), pkg.version.to_owned()) {
+                    Some(notified_version) => {
+                        if notified_version != pkg.version {
+                            to_notify.push(pkg);
+                        }
+                    },
+                    None => to_notify.push(pkg),
+                }
+            }
+            if !to_notify.is_empty() {
+                to_notify.sort_unstable_by_key(|k| &k.package);
+                crate::server::send_updates_available(&to_notify)?;
+            }
+            cache.notified = Some(notified);
+            apt::write_pkg_cache(&cache)?;
+        }
 
         Ok(())
     })?;
@@ -256,11 +157,212 @@ pub fn apt_update_database(
     Ok(upid_str)
 }
 
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            node: {
+                schema: NODE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            name: {
+                description: "Package name to get changelog of.",
+                type: String,
+            },
+            version: {
+                description: "Package version to get changelog of. Omit to use candidate version.",
+                type: String,
+                optional: true,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    returns: {
+        schema: UPID_SCHEMA,
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&[], PRIV_SYS_MODIFY, false),
+    },
+)]
+/// Retrieve the changelog of the specified package.
+fn apt_get_changelog(
+    param: Value,
+) -> Result<Value, Error> {
+
+    let name = crate::tools::required_string_param(&param, "name")?.to_owned();
+    let version = param["version"].as_str();
+
+    let pkg_info = apt::list_installed_apt_packages(|data| {
+        match version {
+            Some(version) => version == data.active_version,
+            None => data.active_version == data.candidate_version
+        }
+    }, Some(&name));
+
+    if pkg_info.len() == 0 {
+        bail!("Package '{}' not found", name);
+    }
+
+    let changelog_url = &pkg_info[0].change_log_url;
+    // FIXME: use 'apt-get changelog' for proxmox packages as well, once repo supports it
+    if changelog_url.starts_with("http://download.proxmox.com/") {
+        let changelog = crate::tools::runtime::block_on(http::get_string(changelog_url, None))
+            .map_err(|err| format_err!("Error downloading changelog from '{}': {}", changelog_url, err))?;
+        return Ok(json!(changelog));
+
+    } else if changelog_url.starts_with("https://enterprise.proxmox.com/") {
+        let sub = match subscription::read_subscription()? {
+            Some(sub) => sub,
+            None => bail!("cannot retrieve changelog from enterprise repo: no subscription info found")
+        };
+        let (key, id) = match sub.key {
+            Some(key) => {
+                match sub.serverid {
+                    Some(id) => (key, id),
+                    None =>
+                        bail!("cannot retrieve changelog from enterprise repo: no server id found")
+                }
+            },
+            None => bail!("cannot retrieve changelog from enterprise repo: no subscription key found")
+        };
+
+        let mut auth_header = HashMap::new();
+        auth_header.insert("Authorization".to_owned(),
+            format!("Basic {}", base64::encode(format!("{}:{}", key, id))));
+
+        let changelog = crate::tools::runtime::block_on(http::get_string(changelog_url, Some(&auth_header)))
+            .map_err(|err| format_err!("Error downloading changelog from '{}': {}", changelog_url, err))?;
+        return Ok(json!(changelog));
+
+    } else {
+        let mut command = std::process::Command::new("apt-get");
+        command.arg("changelog");
+        command.arg("-qq"); // don't display download progress
+        command.arg(name);
+        let output = crate::tools::run_command(command, None)?;
+        return Ok(json!(output));
+    }
+}
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            node: {
+                schema: NODE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    returns: {
+        description: "List of more relevant packages.",
+        type: Array,
+        items: {
+            type: APTUpdateInfo,
+        },
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&[], PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, false),
+    },
+)]
+/// Get package information for important Proxmox Backup Server packages.
+pub fn get_versions() -> Result<Vec<APTUpdateInfo>, Error> {
+    const PACKAGES: &[&str] = &[
+        "ifupdown2",
+        "libjs-extjs",
+        "proxmox-backup",
+        "proxmox-backup-docs",
+        "proxmox-backup-client",
+        "proxmox-backup-server",
+        "proxmox-mini-journalreader",
+        "proxmox-widget-toolkit",
+        "pve-xtermjs",
+        "smartmontools",
+        "zfsutils-linux",
+    ];
+
+    fn unknown_package(package: String, extra_info: Option<String>) -> APTUpdateInfo {
+        APTUpdateInfo {
+            package,
+            title: "unknown".into(),
+            arch: "unknown".into(),
+            description: "unknown".into(),
+            version: "unknown".into(),
+            old_version: "unknown".into(),
+            origin: "unknown".into(),
+            priority: "unknown".into(),
+            section: "unknown".into(),
+            change_log_url: "unknown".into(),
+            extra_info,
+        }
+    }
+
+    let is_kernel = |name: &str| name.starts_with("pve-kernel-");
+
+    let mut packages: Vec<APTUpdateInfo> = Vec::new();
+    let pbs_packages = apt::list_installed_apt_packages(
+        |filter| {
+            filter.installed_version == Some(filter.active_version)
+                && (is_kernel(filter.package) || PACKAGES.contains(&filter.package))
+        },
+        None,
+    );
+
+    let running_kernel = format!(
+        "running kernel: {}",
+        nix::sys::utsname::uname().release().to_owned()
+    );
+    if let Some(proxmox_backup) = pbs_packages.iter().find(|pkg| pkg.package == "proxmox-backup") {
+        let mut proxmox_backup = proxmox_backup.clone();
+        proxmox_backup.extra_info = Some(running_kernel);
+        packages.push(proxmox_backup);
+    } else {
+        packages.push(unknown_package("proxmox-backup".into(), Some(running_kernel)));
+    }
+
+    let version = crate::api2::version::PROXMOX_PKG_VERSION;
+    let release = crate::api2::version::PROXMOX_PKG_RELEASE;
+    let daemon_version_info = Some(format!("running version: {}.{}", version, release));
+    if let Some(pkg) = pbs_packages.iter().find(|pkg| pkg.package == "proxmox-backup-server") {
+        let mut pkg = pkg.clone();
+        pkg.extra_info = daemon_version_info;
+        packages.push(pkg);
+    } else {
+        packages.push(unknown_package("proxmox-backup".into(), daemon_version_info));
+    }
+
+    let mut kernel_pkgs: Vec<APTUpdateInfo> = pbs_packages
+        .iter()
+        .filter(|pkg| is_kernel(&pkg.package))
+        .cloned()
+        .collect();
+    // make sure the cache mutex gets dropped before the next call to list_installed_apt_packages
+    {
+        let cache = apt_pkg_native::Cache::get_singleton();
+        kernel_pkgs.sort_by(|left, right| {
+            cache
+                .compare_versions(&left.old_version, &right.old_version)
+                .reverse()
+        });
+    }
+    packages.append(&mut kernel_pkgs);
+
+    // add entry for all packages we're interested in, even if not installed
+    for pkg in PACKAGES.iter() {
+        if pkg == &"proxmox-backup" || pkg == &"proxmox-backup-server" {
+            continue;
+        }
+        match pbs_packages.iter().find(|item| &item.package == pkg) {
+            Some(apt_pkg) => packages.push(apt_pkg.to_owned()),
+            None => packages.push(unknown_package(pkg.to_string(), None)),
+        }
+    }
+
+    Ok(packages)
+}
+
 const SUBDIRS: SubdirMap = &[
+    ("changelog", &Router::new().get(&API_METHOD_APT_GET_CHANGELOG)),
     ("update", &Router::new()
         .get(&API_METHOD_APT_UPDATE_AVAILABLE)
         .post(&API_METHOD_APT_UPDATE_DATABASE)
     ),
+    ("versions", &Router::new().get(&API_METHOD_GET_VERSIONS)),
 ];
 
 pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()

src/api2/node/disks.rs

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ use crate::tools::disks::{
 };
 use crate::server::WorkerTask;
 
-use crate::api2::types::{Userid, UPID_SCHEMA, NODE_SCHEMA, BLOCKDEVICE_NAME_SCHEMA};
+use crate::api2::types::{Authid, UPID_SCHEMA, NODE_SCHEMA, BLOCKDEVICE_NAME_SCHEMA};
 
 pub mod directory;
 pub mod zfs;
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ pub fn initialize_disk(
 
     let to_stdout = if rpcenv.env_type() == RpcEnvironmentType::CLI { true } else { false };
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
     let info = get_disk_usage_info(&disk, true)?;
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ pub fn initialize_disk(
     }
 
     let upid_str = WorkerTask::new_thread(
-        "diskinit", Some(disk.clone()), userid, to_stdout, move |worker|
+        "diskinit", Some(disk.clone()), auth_id, to_stdout, move |worker|
         {
             worker.log(format!("initialize disk {}", disk));
 

src/api2/node/disks/directory.rs

@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ pub fn create_datastore_disk(
 
     let to_stdout = if rpcenv.env_type() == RpcEnvironmentType::CLI { true } else { false };
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
     let info = get_disk_usage_info(&disk, true)?;
 
@@ -142,8 +142,20 @@ pub fn create_datastore_disk(
         bail!("disk '{}' is already in use.", disk);
     }
 
+    let mount_point = format!("/mnt/datastore/{}", &name);
+
+    // check if the default path does exist already and bail if it does
+    let default_path = std::path::PathBuf::from(&mount_point);
+
+    match std::fs::metadata(&default_path) {
+        Err(_) => {}, // path does not exist
+        Ok(_) => {
+            bail!("path {:?} already exists", default_path);
+        }
+    }
+
     let upid_str = WorkerTask::new_thread(
-        "dircreate", Some(name.clone()), userid, to_stdout, move |worker|
+        "dircreate", Some(name.clone()), auth_id, to_stdout, move |worker|
         {
             worker.log(format!("create datastore '{}' on disk {}", name, disk));
 
@@ -160,7 +172,7 @@ pub fn create_datastore_disk(
             let uuid = get_fs_uuid(&partition)?;
             let uuid_path = format!("/dev/disk/by-uuid/{}", uuid);
 
-            let (mount_unit_name, mount_point) = create_datastore_mount_unit(&name, filesystem, &uuid_path)?;
+            let mount_unit_name = create_datastore_mount_unit(&name, &mount_point, filesystem, &uuid_path)?;
 
             systemd::reload_daemon()?;
             systemd::enable_unit(&mount_unit_name)?;
@@ -243,11 +255,11 @@ pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
 
 fn create_datastore_mount_unit(
     datastore_name: &str,
+    mount_point: &str,
     fs_type: FileSystemType,
     what: &str,
-) -> Result<(String, String), Error> {
+) -> Result<String, Error> {
 
-    let mount_point = format!("/mnt/datastore/{}", datastore_name);
     let mut mount_unit_name = systemd::escape_unit(&mount_point, true);
     mount_unit_name.push_str(".mount");
 
@@ -265,7 +277,7 @@ fn create_datastore_mount_unit(
 
     let mount = SystemdMountSection {
         What: what.to_string(),
-        Where: mount_point.clone(),
+        Where: mount_point.to_string(),
         Type: Some(fs_type.to_string()),
         Options: Some(String::from("defaults")),
         ..Default::default()
@@ -278,5 +290,5 @@ fn create_datastore_mount_unit(
 
     systemd::config::save_systemd_mount(&mount_unit_path, &config)?;
 
-    Ok((mount_unit_name, mount_point))
+    Ok(mount_unit_name)
 }

src/api2/node/disks/zfs.rs

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 use anyhow::{bail, Error};
 use serde_json::{json, Value};
-use ::serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
+use serde::{Deserialize, Serialize};
 
 use proxmox::api::{
     api, Permission, RpcEnvironment, RpcEnvironmentType,
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ use crate::server::WorkerTask;
 
 use crate::api2::types::*;
 
+use crate::tools::systemd;
+
 pub const DISK_ARRAY_SCHEMA: Schema = ArraySchema::new(
     "Disk name list.", &BLOCKDEVICE_NAME_SCHEMA)
     .schema();
@@ -241,7 +243,7 @@ pub fn zpool_details(
         permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["system", "disks"], PRIV_SYS_MODIFY, false),
     },
 )]
-/// Create a new ZFS pool.
+/// Create a new ZFS pool. Will be mounted under '/mnt/datastore/<name>'.
 pub fn create_zpool(
     name: String,
     devices: String,
@@ -254,7 +256,7 @@ pub fn create_zpool(
 
     let to_stdout = if rpcenv.env_type() == RpcEnvironmentType::CLI { true } else { false };
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
     let add_datastore = add_datastore.unwrap_or(false);
 
@@ -301,10 +303,11 @@ pub fn create_zpool(
         bail!("{:?} needs at least {} disks.", raidlevel, min_disks);
     }
 
+    let mount_point = format!("/mnt/datastore/{}", &name);
+
     // check if the default path does exist already and bail if it does
-    // otherwise we get an error on mounting
-    let mut default_path = std::path::PathBuf::from("/");
-    default_path.push(&name);
+    // otherwise 'zpool create' aborts after partitioning, but before creating the pool
+    let default_path = std::path::PathBuf::from(&mount_point);
 
     match std::fs::metadata(&default_path) {
         Err(_) => {}, // path does not exist
@@ -314,13 +317,13 @@ pub fn create_zpool(
     }
 
      let upid_str = WorkerTask::new_thread(
-        "zfscreate", Some(name.clone()), userid, to_stdout, move |worker|
+        "zfscreate", Some(name.clone()), auth_id, to_stdout, move |worker|
         {
             worker.log(format!("create {:?} zpool '{}' on devices '{}'", raidlevel, name, devices_text));
 
 
             let mut command = std::process::Command::new("zpool");
-            command.args(&["create", "-o", &format!("ashift={}", ashift), &name]);
+            command.args(&["create", "-o", &format!("ashift={}", ashift), "-m", &mount_point, &name]);
 
             match raidlevel {
                 ZfsRaidLevel::Single => {
@@ -355,6 +358,11 @@ pub fn create_zpool(
             let output = crate::tools::run_command(command, None)?;
             worker.log(output);
 
+            if std::path::Path::new("/lib/systemd/system/zfs-import@.service").exists() {
+                let import_unit = format!("zfs-import@{}.service", systemd::escape_unit(&name, false));
+                systemd::enable_unit(&import_unit)?;
+            }
+
             if let Some(compression) = compression {
                 let mut command = std::process::Command::new("zfs");
                 command.args(&["set", &format!("compression={}", compression), &name]);
@@ -364,7 +372,6 @@ pub fn create_zpool(
             }
 
             if add_datastore {
-                let mount_point = format!("/{}", name);
                 crate::api2::config::datastore::create_datastore(json!({ "name": name, "path": mount_point }))?
             }
 

src/api2/node/network.rs

@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ pub fn create_interface(
     let interface_type = crate::tools::required_string_param(&param, "type")?;
     let interface_type: NetworkInterfaceType = serde_json::from_value(interface_type.into())?;
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(network::NETWORK_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(network::NETWORK_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, _digest) = network::config()?;
 
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ pub fn update_interface(
     param: Value,
 ) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(network::NETWORK_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(network::NETWORK_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = network::config()?;
 
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ pub fn update_interface(
 /// Remove network interface configuration.
 pub fn delete_interface(iface: String, digest: Option<String>) -> Result<(), Error> {
 
-    let _lock = open_file_locked(network::NETWORK_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0))?;
+    let _lock = open_file_locked(network::NETWORK_LOCKFILE, std::time::Duration::new(10, 0), true)?;
 
     let (mut config, expected_digest) = network::config()?;
 
@@ -684,9 +684,9 @@ pub async fn reload_network_config(
 
     network::assert_ifupdown2_installed()?;
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
-    let upid_str = WorkerTask::spawn("srvreload", Some(String::from("networking")), userid, true, |_worker| async {
+    let upid_str = WorkerTask::spawn("srvreload", Some(String::from("networking")), auth_id, true, |_worker| async {
 
         let _ = std::fs::rename(network::NETWORK_INTERFACES_NEW_FILENAME, network::NETWORK_INTERFACES_FILENAME);
 

src/api2/node/report.rs

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+use anyhow::Error;
+use proxmox::api::{api, ApiMethod, Permission, Router, RpcEnvironment};
+use serde_json::{json, Value};
+
+use crate::api2::types::*;
+use crate::config::acl::PRIV_SYS_AUDIT;
+use crate::server::generate_report;
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            node: {
+                schema: NODE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    returns: {
+        type: String,
+        description: "Returns report of the node"
+    },
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["system", "status"], PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, false),
+    },
+)]
+/// Generate a report
+fn get_report(
+    _param: Value,
+    _info: &ApiMethod,
+    _rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
+) -> Result<Value, Error> {
+    Ok(json!(generate_report()))
+}
+
+pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&API_METHOD_GET_REPORT);

src/api2/node/rrd.rs

@@ -31,10 +31,8 @@ pub fn create_value_from_rrd(
                 } else {
                     result.push(json!({ "time": t }));
                 }
-            } else {
-                if let Some(value) = list[index] {
-                    result[index][name] = value.into();
-                }
+            } else if let Some(value) = list[index] {
+                result[index][name] = value.into();
             }
             t += reso;
         }

src/api2/node/services.rs

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ static SERVICE_NAME_LIST: [&str; 7] = [
     "systemd-timesyncd",
 ];
 
-fn real_service_name(service: &str) -> &str {
+pub fn real_service_name(service: &str) -> &str {
 
     // since postfix package 3.1.0-3.1 the postfix unit is only here
     // to manage subinstances, of which the default is called "-".
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ fn get_service_state(
     Ok(json_service_state(&service, status))
 }
 
-fn run_service_command(service: &str, cmd: &str, userid: Userid) -> Result<Value, Error> {
+fn run_service_command(service: &str, cmd: &str, auth_id: Authid) -> Result<Value, Error> {
 
     let workerid = format!("srv{}", &cmd);
 
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ fn run_service_command(service: &str, cmd: &str, userid: Userid) -> Result<Value
     let upid = WorkerTask::new_thread(
         &workerid,
         Some(service.clone()),
-        userid,
+        auth_id,
         false,
         move |_worker| {
 
@@ -244,11 +244,11 @@ fn start_service(
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
     log::info!("starting service {}", service);
 
-    run_service_command(&service, "start", userid)
+    run_service_command(&service, "start", auth_id)
 }
 
 #[api(
@@ -274,11 +274,11 @@ fn stop_service(
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
  ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
     log::info!("stopping service {}", service);
 
-    run_service_command(&service, "stop", userid)
+    run_service_command(&service, "stop", auth_id)
 }
 
 #[api(
@@ -304,15 +304,15 @@ fn restart_service(
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
     log::info!("re-starting service {}", service);
 
     if &service == "proxmox-backup-proxy" {
         // special case, avoid aborting running tasks
-        run_service_command(&service, "reload", userid)
+        run_service_command(&service, "reload", auth_id)
     } else {
-        run_service_command(&service, "restart", userid)
+        run_service_command(&service, "restart", auth_id)
     }
 }
 
@@ -339,11 +339,11 @@ fn reload_service(
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
     log::info!("reloading service {}", service);
 
-    run_service_command(&service, "reload", userid)
+    run_service_command(&service, "reload", auth_id)
 }
 
 

src/api2/node/subscription.rs

@@ -1,12 +1,69 @@
-use anyhow::{Error};
-use serde_json::{json, Value};
+use anyhow::{Error, format_err, bail};
+use serde_json::Value;
 
 use proxmox::api::{api, Router, RpcEnvironment, Permission};
 
 use crate::tools;
-use crate::config::acl::PRIV_SYS_AUDIT;
+use crate::tools::subscription::{self, SubscriptionStatus, SubscriptionInfo};
+use crate::config::acl::{PRIV_SYS_AUDIT,PRIV_SYS_MODIFY};
 use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
-use crate::api2::types::{NODE_SCHEMA, Userid};
+use crate::api2::types::{NODE_SCHEMA, SUBSCRIPTION_KEY_SCHEMA, Authid};
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            node: {
+                schema: NODE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            force: {
+                description: "Always connect to server, even if information in cache is up to date.",
+                type: bool,
+                optional: true,
+                default: false,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    protected: true,
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["system"], PRIV_SYS_MODIFY, false),
+    },
+)]
+/// Check and update subscription status.
+pub fn check_subscription(
+    force: bool,
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    // FIXME: drop once proxmox-api-macro is bumped to >> 5.0.0-1
+    let _remove_me = API_METHOD_CHECK_SUBSCRIPTION_PARAM_DEFAULT_FORCE;
+
+    let info = match subscription::read_subscription() {
+        Err(err) => bail!("could not read subscription status: {}", err),
+        Ok(Some(info)) => info,
+        Ok(None) => return Ok(()),
+    };
+
+    let server_id = tools::get_hardware_address()?;
+    let key = if let Some(key) = info.key {
+        // always update apt auth if we have a key to ensure user can access enterprise repo
+        subscription::update_apt_auth(Some(key.to_owned()), Some(server_id.to_owned()))?;
+        key
+    } else {
+        String::new()
+    };
+
+    if !force && info.status == SubscriptionStatus::ACTIVE {
+        let age = proxmox::tools::time::epoch_i64() - info.checktime.unwrap_or(i64::MAX);
+        if age < subscription::MAX_LOCAL_KEY_AGE {
+            return Ok(());
+        }
+    }
+
+    let info = subscription::check_subscription(key, server_id)?;
+
+    subscription::write_subscription(info)
+        .map_err(|e| format_err!("Error writing updated subscription status - {}", e))?;
+
+    Ok(())
+}
 
 #[api(
     input: {
@@ -18,51 +75,103 @@ use crate::api2::types::{NODE_SCHEMA, Userid};
     },
     returns: {
         description: "Subscription status.",
-        properties: {
-            status: {
-                type: String,
-                description: "'NotFound', 'active' or 'inactive'."
-            },
-            message: {
-                type: String,
-                description: "Human readable problem description.",
-            },
-            serverid: {
-                type: String,
-                description: "The unique server ID, if permitted to access.",
-            },
-            url: {
-                type: String,
-                description: "URL to Web Shop.",
-            },
-        },
+        type: SubscriptionInfo,
     },
     access: {
         permission: &Permission::Anybody,
     },
 )]
 /// Read subscription info.
-fn get_subscription(
+pub fn get_subscription(
     _param: Value,
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
-) -> Result<Value, Error> {
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
-    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
-    let user_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&userid, &[]);
-    let server_id = if (user_privs & PRIV_SYS_AUDIT) != 0 {
-        tools::get_hardware_address()?
-    } else {
-        "hidden".to_string()
+) -> Result<SubscriptionInfo, Error> {
+    let url = "https://www.proxmox.com/en/proxmox-backup-server/pricing";
+
+    let info = match subscription::read_subscription() {
+        Err(err) => bail!("could not read subscription status: {}", err),
+        Ok(Some(info)) => info,
+        Ok(None) => SubscriptionInfo {
+            status: SubscriptionStatus::NOTFOUND,
+            message: Some("There is no subscription key".into()),
+            serverid: Some(tools::get_hardware_address()?),
+            url:  Some(url.into()),
+            ..Default::default()
+        },
     };
 
-    let url = "https://www.proxmox.com/en/proxmox-backup-server/pricing";
-    Ok(json!({
-        "status": "NotFound",
-        "message": "There is no subscription key",
-        "serverid": server_id,
-        "url":  url,
-     }))
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+    let user_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &[]);
+
+    if (user_privs & PRIV_SYS_AUDIT) == 0 {
+        // not enough privileges for full state
+        return Ok(SubscriptionInfo {
+            status: info.status,
+            message: info.message,
+            url: info.url,
+            ..Default::default()
+        });
+    };
+
+    Ok(info)
+}
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            node: {
+                schema: NODE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+            key: {
+                schema: SUBSCRIPTION_KEY_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    protected: true,
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["system"], PRIV_SYS_MODIFY, false),
+    },
+)]
+/// Set a subscription key and check it.
+pub fn set_subscription(
+    key: String,
+) -> Result<(), Error> {
+
+    let server_id = tools::get_hardware_address()?;
+
+    let info = subscription::check_subscription(key, server_id.to_owned())?;
+
+    subscription::write_subscription(info)
+        .map_err(|e| format_err!("Error writing subscription status - {}", e))?;
+
+    Ok(())
+}
+
+#[api(
+    input: {
+        properties: {
+            node: {
+                schema: NODE_SCHEMA,
+            },
+        },
+    },
+    protected: true,
+    access: {
+        permission: &Permission::Privilege(&["system"], PRIV_SYS_MODIFY, false),
+    },
+)]
+/// Delete subscription info.
+pub fn delete_subscription() -> Result<(), Error> {
+
+    subscription::delete_subscription()
+        .map_err(|err| format_err!("Deleting subscription failed: {}", err))?;
+
+    Ok(())
 }
 
 pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .post(&API_METHOD_CHECK_SUBSCRIPTION)
+    .put(&API_METHOD_SET_SUBSCRIPTION)
+    .delete(&API_METHOD_DELETE_SUBSCRIPTION)
     .get(&API_METHOD_GET_SUBSCRIPTION);

src/api2/node/syslog.rs

@@ -134,12 +134,18 @@ fn get_syslog(
     mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Value, Error> {
 
+    let service = if let Some(service) = param["service"].as_str() {
+        Some(crate::api2::node::services::real_service_name(service))
+    } else {
+        None
+    };
+
     let (count, lines) = dump_journal(
         param["start"].as_u64(),
         param["limit"].as_u64(),
         param["since"].as_str(),
         param["until"].as_str(),
-        param["service"].as_str())?;
+        service)?;
 
     rpcenv["total"] = Value::from(count);
 

src/api2/node/tasks.rs

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 use std::fs::File;
 use std::io::{BufRead, BufReader};
 
-use anyhow::{Error};
+use anyhow::{bail, Error};
 use serde_json::{json, Value};
 
 use proxmox::api::{api, Router, RpcEnvironment, Permission};
@@ -9,11 +9,119 @@ use proxmox::api::router::SubdirMap;
 use proxmox::{identity, list_subdirs_api_method, sortable};
 
 use crate::tools;
+
 use crate::api2::types::*;
-use crate::server::{self, UPID, TaskState};
-use crate::config::acl::{PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, PRIV_SYS_MODIFY};
+use crate::api2::pull::check_pull_privs;
+
+use crate::server::{self, UPID, TaskState, TaskListInfoIterator};
+use crate::config::acl::{
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY,
+    PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY,
+    PRIV_SYS_AUDIT,
+    PRIV_SYS_MODIFY,
+};
 use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
 
+// matches respective job execution privileges
+fn check_job_privs(auth_id: &Authid, user_info: &CachedUserInfo, upid: &UPID) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    match (upid.worker_type.as_str(), &upid.worker_id) {
+        ("verificationjob", Some(workerid)) => {
+            if let Some(captures) = VERIFICATION_JOB_WORKER_ID_REGEX.captures(&workerid) {
+                if let Some(store) = captures.get(1) {
+                    return user_info.check_privs(&auth_id,
+                                                 &["datastore", store.as_str()],
+                                                 PRIV_DATASTORE_VERIFY,
+                                                 true);
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        ("syncjob", Some(workerid)) => {
+            if let Some(captures) = SYNC_JOB_WORKER_ID_REGEX.captures(&workerid) {
+                let remote = captures.get(1);
+                let remote_store = captures.get(2);
+                let local_store = captures.get(3);
+
+                if let (Some(remote), Some(remote_store), Some(local_store)) =
+                    (remote, remote_store, local_store) {
+
+                    return check_pull_privs(&auth_id,
+                                            local_store.as_str(),
+                                            remote.as_str(),
+                                            remote_store.as_str(),
+                                            false);
+                }
+            }
+        },
+        ("garbage_collection", Some(workerid)) => {
+            return user_info.check_privs(&auth_id,
+                                         &["datastore", &workerid],
+                                         PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY,
+                                         true)
+        },
+        ("prune", Some(workerid)) => {
+            return user_info.check_privs(&auth_id,
+                                         &["datastore",
+                                         &workerid],
+                                         PRIV_DATASTORE_MODIFY,
+                                         true);
+        },
+        _ => bail!("not a scheduled job task"),
+    };
+
+    bail!("not a scheduled job task");
+}
+
+// get the store out of the worker_id
+fn check_job_store(upid: &UPID, store: &str) -> bool {
+    match (upid.worker_type.as_str(), &upid.worker_id) {
+        (workertype, Some(workerid)) if workertype.starts_with("verif") => {
+            if let Some(captures) = VERIFICATION_JOB_WORKER_ID_REGEX.captures(&workerid) {
+                if let Some(jobstore) = captures.get(1) {
+                    return store == jobstore.as_str();
+                }
+            } else {
+                return workerid == store;
+            }
+        }
+        ("syncjob", Some(workerid)) => {
+            if let Some(captures) = SYNC_JOB_WORKER_ID_REGEX.captures(&workerid) {
+                if let Some(local_store) = captures.get(3) {
+                    return store == local_store.as_str();
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        ("prune", Some(workerid))
+        | ("backup", Some(workerid))
+        | ("garbage_collection", Some(workerid)) => {
+            return workerid == store || workerid.starts_with(&format!("{}:", store));
+        }
+        _ => {}
+    };
+
+    false
+}
+
+fn check_task_access(auth_id: &Authid, upid: &UPID) -> Result<(), Error> {
+    let task_auth_id = &upid.auth_id;
+    if auth_id == task_auth_id
+        || (task_auth_id.is_token() && &Authid::from(task_auth_id.user().clone()) == auth_id) {
+        // task owner can always read
+        Ok(())
+    } else {
+        let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
+
+        let task_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(auth_id, &["system", "tasks"]);
+        if task_privs & PRIV_SYS_AUDIT != 0 {
+            // allowed to read all tasks in general
+            Ok(())
+        } else if check_job_privs(&auth_id, &user_info, upid).is_ok() {
+            // job which the user/token could have configured/manually executed
+            Ok(())
+        } else {
+            bail!("task access not allowed");
+        }
+    }
+}
 
 #[api(
     input: {
@@ -27,7 +135,7 @@ use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
         },
     },
     returns: {
-        description: "Task status nformation.",
+        description: "Task status information.",
         properties: {
             node: {
                 schema: NODE_SCHEMA,
@@ -57,9 +165,13 @@ use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
                 description: "Worker ID (arbitrary ASCII string)",
             },
             user: {
-                type: String,
+                type: Userid,
                 description: "The user who started the task.",
             },
+            tokenid: {
+                type: Tokenname,
+                optional: true,
+            },
             status: {
                 type: String,
                 description: "'running' or 'stopped'",
@@ -72,7 +184,7 @@ use crate::config::cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo;
         },
     },
     access: {
-        description: "Users can access there own tasks, or need Sys.Audit on /system/tasks.",
+        description: "Users can access their own tasks, or need Sys.Audit on /system/tasks.",
         permission: &Permission::Anybody,
     },
 )]
@@ -84,12 +196,8 @@ async fn get_task_status(
 
     let upid = extract_upid(&param)?;
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
-
-    if userid != upid.userid {
-        let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
-        user_info.check_privs(&userid, &["system", "tasks"], PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, false)?;
-    }
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
+    check_task_access(&auth_id, &upid)?;
 
     let mut result = json!({
         "upid": param["upid"],
@@ -99,9 +207,13 @@ async fn get_task_status(
         "starttime": upid.starttime,
         "type": upid.worker_type,
         "id": upid.worker_id,
-        "user": upid.userid,
+        "user": upid.auth_id.user(),
     });
 
+    if upid.auth_id.is_token() {
+        result["tokenid"] = Value::from(upid.auth_id.tokenname().unwrap().as_str());
+    }
+
     if crate::server::worker_is_active(&upid).await? {
         result["status"] = Value::from("running");
     } else {
@@ -161,12 +273,9 @@ async fn read_task_log(
 
     let upid = extract_upid(&param)?;
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
-    if userid != upid.userid {
-        let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
-        user_info.check_privs(&userid, &["system", "tasks"], PRIV_SYS_AUDIT, false)?;
-    }
+    check_task_access(&auth_id, &upid)?;
 
     let test_status = param["test-status"].as_bool().unwrap_or(false);
 
@@ -234,11 +343,11 @@ fn stop_task(
 
     let upid = extract_upid(&param)?;
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
 
-    if userid != upid.userid {
+    if auth_id != upid.auth_id {
         let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
-        user_info.check_privs(&userid, &["system", "tasks"], PRIV_SYS_MODIFY, false)?;
+        user_info.check_privs(&auth_id, &["system", "tasks"], PRIV_SYS_MODIFY, false)?;
     }
 
     server::abort_worker_async(upid);
@@ -260,7 +369,7 @@ fn stop_task(
             },
             limit: {
                 type: u64,
-                description: "Only list this amount of tasks.",
+                description: "Only list this amount of tasks. (0 means no limit)",
                 default: 50,
                 optional: true,
             },
@@ -285,6 +394,29 @@ fn stop_task(
                 type: String,
                 description: "Only list tasks from this user.",
             },
+            since: {
+                type: i64,
+                description: "Only list tasks since this UNIX epoch.",
+                optional: true,
+            },
+            until: {
+                type: i64,
+                description: "Only list tasks until this UNIX epoch.",
+                optional: true,
+            },
+            typefilter: {
+                optional: true,
+                type: String,
+                description: "Only list tasks whose type contains this.",
+            },
+            statusfilter: {
+                optional: true,
+                type: Array,
+                description: "Only list tasks which have any one of the listed status.",
+                items: {
+                    type: TaskStateType,
+                },
+            },
         },
     },
     returns: {
@@ -303,69 +435,87 @@ pub fn list_tasks(
     limit: u64,
     errors: bool,
     running: bool,
+    userfilter: Option<String>,
+    since: Option<i64>,
+    until: Option<i64>,
+    typefilter: Option<String>,
+    statusfilter: Option<Vec<TaskStateType>>,
     param: Value,
     mut rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<Vec<TaskListItem>, Error> {
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
     let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
-    let user_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&userid, &["system", "tasks"]);
+    let user_privs = user_info.lookup_privs(&auth_id, &["system", "tasks"]);
 
     let list_all = (user_privs & PRIV_SYS_AUDIT) != 0;
 
     let store = param["store"].as_str();
 
-    let userfilter = param["userfilter"].as_str();
+    let list = TaskListInfoIterator::new(running)?;
+    let limit = if limit > 0 { limit as usize } else { usize::MAX };
 
-    let list = server::read_task_list()?;
+    let result: Vec<TaskListItem> = list
+        .skip_while(|info| {
+            match (info, until) {
+                (Ok(info), Some(until)) => info.upid.starttime > until,
+                (Ok(_), None) => false,
+                (Err(_), _) => false,
+            }
+        })
+        .take_while(|info| {
+            match (info, since) {
+                (Ok(info), Some(since)) => info.upid.starttime > since,
+                (Ok(_), None) => true,
+                (Err(_), _) => false,
+            }
+        })
+        .filter_map(|info| {
+        let info = match info {
+            Ok(info) => info,
+            Err(_) => return None,
+        };
 
-    let mut result = vec![];
+        if !list_all && check_task_access(&auth_id, &info.upid).is_err() {
+            return None;
+        }
 
-    let mut count = 0;
-
-    for info in list {
-        if !list_all && info.upid.userid != userid { continue; }
-
-
-        if let Some(userid) = userfilter {
-            if !info.upid.userid.as_str().contains(userid) { continue; }
+        if let Some(needle) = &userfilter {
+            if !info.upid.auth_id.to_string().contains(needle) { return None; }
         }
 
         if let Some(store) = store {
-            // Note: useful to select all tasks spawned by proxmox-backup-client
-            let worker_id = match &info.upid.worker_id {
-                Some(w) => w,
-                None => continue, // skip
-            };
-
-            if info.upid.worker_type == "backup" || info.upid.worker_type == "restore" ||
-                info.upid.worker_type == "prune"
-            {
-                let prefix = format!("{}_", store);
-                if !worker_id.starts_with(&prefix) { continue; }
-            } else if info.upid.worker_type == "garbage_collection" {
-                if worker_id != store { continue; }
-            } else {
-                continue; // skip
+            if !check_job_store(&info.upid, store) {
+                return None;
             }
         }
 
-        if let Some(ref state) = info.state {
-            if running { continue; }
-            match state {
-                crate::server::TaskState::OK { .. } if errors => continue,
-                _ => {},
+        if let Some(typefilter) = &typefilter {
+            if !info.upid.worker_type.contains(typefilter) {
+                return None;
             }
         }
 
-        if (count as u64) < start {
-            count += 1;
-            continue;
-        } else {
-            count += 1;
+        match (&info.state, &statusfilter) {
+            (Some(_), _) if running => return None,
+            (Some(crate::server::TaskState::OK { .. }), _) if errors => return None,
+            (Some(state), Some(filters)) => {
+                if !filters.contains(&state.tasktype()) {
+                    return None;
+                }
+            },
+            (None, Some(_)) => return None,
+            _ => {},
         }
 
-        if (result.len() as u64) < limit { result.push(info.into()); };
+        Some(info.into())
+    }).skip(start as usize)
+        .take(limit)
+        .collect();
+
+    let mut count = result.len() + start as usize;
+    if result.len() > 0 && result.len() >= limit { // we have a 'virtual' entry as long as we have any new
+        count += 1;
     }
 
     rpcenv["total"] = Value::from(count);

src/api2/ping.rs

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+use anyhow::{Error};
+use serde_json::{json, Value};
+
+use proxmox::api::{api, Router, Permission};
+
+#[api(
+    returns: {
+        description: "Dummy ping",
+        type: Object,
+        properties: {
+            pong: {
+                description: "Always true",
+                type: bool,
+            }
+        }
+    },
+    access: {
+        description: "Anyone can access this, because it's used for a cheap check if the API daemon is online.",
+        permission: &Permission::World,
+    }
+)]
+/// Dummy method which replies with `{ "pong": True }`
+fn ping() -> Result<Value, Error> {
+    Ok(json!({
+        "pong": true,
+    }))
+}
+pub const ROUTER: Router = Router::new()
+    .get(&API_METHOD_PING);

src/api2/pull.rs

@@ -7,21 +7,20 @@ use futures::{select, future::FutureExt};
 use proxmox::api::api;
 use proxmox::api::{ApiMethod, Router, RpcEnvironment, Permission};
 
-use crate::server::{WorkerTask};
+use crate::server::{WorkerTask, jobstate::Job};
 use crate::backup::DataStore;
-use crate::client::{HttpClient, HttpClientOptions, BackupRepository, pull::pull_store};
+use crate::client::{HttpClient, BackupRepository, pull::pull_store};
 use crate::api2::types::*;
 use crate::config::{
     remote,
     sync::SyncJobConfig,
-    jobstate::Job,
     acl::{PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP, PRIV_DATASTORE_PRUNE, PRIV_REMOTE_READ},
     cached_user_info::CachedUserInfo,
 };
 
 
 pub fn check_pull_privs(
-    userid: &Userid,
+    auth_id: &Authid,
     store: &str,
     remote: &str,
     remote_store: &str,
@@ -30,11 +29,11 @@ pub fn check_pull_privs(
 
     let user_info = CachedUserInfo::new()?;
 
-    user_info.check_privs(userid, &["datastore", store], PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP, false)?;
-    user_info.check_privs(userid, &["remote", remote, remote_store], PRIV_REMOTE_READ, false)?;
+    user_info.check_privs(auth_id, &["datastore", store], PRIV_DATASTORE_BACKUP, false)?;
+    user_info.check_privs(auth_id, &["remote", remote, remote_store], PRIV_REMOTE_READ, false)?;
 
     if delete {
-        user_info.check_privs(userid, &["datastore", store], PRIV_DATASTORE_PRUNE, false)?;
+        user_info.check_privs(auth_id, &["datastore", store], PRIV_DATASTORE_PRUNE, false)?;
     }
 
     Ok(())
@@ -51,16 +50,9 @@ pub async fn get_pull_parameters(
     let (remote_config, _digest) = remote::config()?;
     let remote: remote::Remote = remote_config.lookup("remote", remote)?;
 
-    let options = HttpClientOptions::new()
-        .password(Some(remote.password.clone()))
-        .fingerprint(remote.fingerprint.clone());
+    let src_repo = BackupRepository::new(Some(remote.auth_id.clone()), Some(remote.host.clone()), remote.port, remote_store.to_string());
 
-    let client = HttpClient::new(&remote.host, &remote.userid, options)?;
-    let _auth_info = client.login() // make sure we can auth
-        .await
-        .map_err(|err| format_err!("remote connection to '{}' failed - {}", remote.host, err))?;
-
-    let src_repo = BackupRepository::new(Some(remote.userid), Some(remote.host), remote_store.to_string());
+    let client = crate::api2::config::remote::remote_client(remote).await?;
 
     Ok((client, src_repo, tgt_store))
 }
@@ -68,27 +60,35 @@ pub async fn get_pull_parameters(
 pub fn do_sync_job(
     mut job: Job,
     sync_job: SyncJobConfig,
-    userid: &Userid,
+    auth_id: &Authid,
     schedule: Option<String>,
 ) -> Result<String, Error> {
 
-    let job_id = job.jobname().to_string();
+    let job_id = format!("{}:{}:{}:{}",
+                         sync_job.remote,
+                         sync_job.remote_store,
+                         sync_job.store,
+                         job.jobname());
     let worker_type = job.jobtype().to_string();
 
+    let (email, notify) = crate::server::lookup_datastore_notify_settings(&sync_job.store);
+
     let upid_str = WorkerTask::spawn(
         &worker_type,
-        Some(job.jobname().to_string()),
-        userid.clone(),
+        Some(job_id.clone()),
+        auth_id.clone(),
         false,
         move |worker| async move {
 
             job.start(&worker.upid().to_string())?;
 
             let worker2 = worker.clone();
+            let sync_job2 = sync_job.clone();
 
             let worker_future = async move {
 
                 let delete = sync_job.remove_vanished.unwrap_or(true);
+                let sync_owner = sync_job.owner.unwrap_or(Authid::root_auth_id().clone());
                 let (client, src_repo, tgt_store) = get_pull_parameters(&sync_job.store, &sync_job.remote, &sync_job.remote_store).await?;
 
                 worker.log(format!("Starting datastore sync job '{}'", job_id));
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ pub fn do_sync_job(
                 worker.log(format!("Sync datastore '{}' from '{}/{}'",
                         sync_job.store, sync_job.remote, sync_job.remote_store));
 
-                crate::client::pull::pull_store(&worker, &client, &src_repo, tgt_store.clone(), delete, Userid::backup_userid().clone()).await?;
+                crate::client::pull::pull_store(&worker, &client, &src_repo, tgt_store.clone(), delete, sync_owner).await?;
 
                 worker.log(format!("sync job '{}' end", &job_id));
 
@@ -107,12 +107,12 @@ pub fn do_sync_job(
 
             let mut abort_future = worker2.abort_future().map(|_| Err(format_err!("sync aborted")));
 
-            let res = select!{
+            let result = select!{
                 worker = worker_future.fuse() => worker,
                 abort = abort_future => abort,
             };
 
-            let status = worker2.create_state(&res);
+            let status = worker2.create_state(&result);
 
             match job.finish(status) {
                 Ok(_) => {},
@@ -121,7 +121,13 @@ pub fn do_sync_job(
                 }
             }
 
-            res
+            if let Some(email) = email {
+                if let Err(err) = crate::server::send_sync_status(&email, notify, &sync_job2, &result) {
+                    eprintln!("send sync notification failed: {}", err);
+                }
+            }
+
+            result
         })?;
 
     Ok(upid_str)
@@ -164,19 +170,19 @@ async fn pull (
     rpcenv: &mut dyn RpcEnvironment,
 ) -> Result<String, Error> {
 
-    let userid: Userid = rpcenv.get_user().unwrap().parse()?;
+    let auth_id: Authid = rpcenv.get_auth_id().unwrap().parse()?;
     let delete = remove_vanished.unwrap_or(true);
 
-    check_pull_privs(&userid, &store, &remote, &remote_store, delete)?;
+    check_pull_privs(&auth_id, &store, &remote, &remote_store, delete)?;
 
     let (client, src_repo, tgt_store) = get_pull_parameters(&store, &remote, &remote_store).await?;
 
     // fixme: set to_stdout to false?
-    let upid_str = WorkerTask::spawn("sync", Some(store.clone()), userid.clone(), true, move |worker| async move {
+    let upid_str = WorkerTask::spawn("sync", Some(store.clone()), auth_id.clone(), true, move |worker| async move {
 
         worker.log(format!("sync datastore '{}' start", store));
 
-        let pull_future = pull_store(&worker, &client, &src_repo, tgt_store.clone(), delete, userid);
+        let pull_future = pull_store(&worker, &client, &src_repo, tgt_store.clone(), delete, auth_id);
         let future = select!{
             success = pull_future.fuse() => success,
             abort = worker.abort_future().map(|_| Err(format_err!("pull aborted"))) => abort,